-
61 ὑπό
ὑπό [pron. full] [ῠ], Prep. with gen., dat., and acc.: [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὐπά Alc.39; [dialect] Boeot. [full] ὑπάAἈρχ.Δελτ. 14
Pl. ii 19 (Thespiae, iii B.C.); [dialect] Ion. ηυπύ only in IG 14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.); Arc. [full] ὁπύ Schwyzer 664.15,21 (Orchom.Arc., iv B.C.); in [dialect] Ep. [full] ὑπαί (also B. 12.139): this is found in Hom. only six times as a well-attested reading (ὑ. πόδα Il.2.824
,ὑ. δέ 3.217
, 11.417, 12.149,ὑ. δείους 10.376
, 15.4); elsewh. (before λ ν ρ ϝ ) it is weakly attested as v. l. for ὑπὸ ([etym.] ?ὑπόX ¯ ), e.g. ποσσὶ δ' ὑπὸ (v.l. ὑπαὶ)λιπαροῖσι Il.2.44
, al.; but ὑπαὶ νεφέων is given by most codd. in Il.15.625, 16.375 (v. Allen ed. maj.), andὑπαὶ νεφέεσσι Anon.
ap. Plu.2.38e; also in compds.,ὑπαιδείδοικα h.Merc. 165
, ὑπαιφοινίσσω (q. v.); it is not freq. in Trag. Poets, A.Ag. 892, 944, 1164 (lyr.), Eu. 417, S.El. 711, 1418 (lyr.), Inach. in PTeb. 692 ii5 (lyr.), E.El. 1188 (lyr.), Ar. Ach. 970 (paratrag.). (With ὑπό ([etym.] ὕπο) cf. Skt. úpa 'towards, near to, etc.', Goth. uf 'under'.)A WITH GENITIVE,I of Place, with Verbs of motion, from under, αὖτις ἀναστήσονται ὑ. ζόφου they will rise again from under the gloom, Il.21.56;ὑ. χθονὸς ἧκε φόωσδε Hes.Th. 669
;ῥέει κρήνη ὑ. σπείους Od.9.141
, cf. Pl.Phdr. 230b;ὄσσε δεινὸν ὑ. βλεφάρων ἐξεφάανθεν Il.19.17
; ἐσιδόντες ὑπαὶ χειμῶνος αἴγλαν from under the storm-cloud, B.12.139; esp. of rescuing from under another's power, after the Verbs ἐρύεσθαι, ἁρπάζειν, ῥύεσθαι, ἐρύειν, Il.9.248, 13.198, 17.224, 235;ἤγαγεν ὑμέτερόνδ' ἀνδροκτασίης ὕ. λυγρῆς
from the consequences of,23.86
; also ἵππους μὲν λῦσαν ὑ. ζυγοῦ from under the yoke, 8.543, Od.4.39; ὑπ' ἀρνειοῦ λυόμην I loosed myself from under the ram, 9.463; σπλάγχνων ὕπο ματέρος μόλεν, i.e. was born, Pi.N.1.35, cf. O.6.43; rarely in Trag.,ὑ. πτερῶν σπάσας E.Andr. 441
;περᾷ γὰρ ἥδ' ὑ. σκηνῆς πόδα Id.Hec.53
; once in Hdt.,τὰς δέ οἱ ἵππους ὑ. τοῦ ἅρματος νεμομένας ἀφανισθῆναι 4.8
;αἴ τις ὑ. τῶν νομίων τῶν ἐπιϝοικων ἀνχωρέῃ SIG47.27
(Locris, v B.C.); cf. ὑπέκ.2 of the object under which a thing is or is placed, under, beneath, with collat. sense of motion, as μοχλὸν ὑ. σποδοῦ ἤλασα πολλῆς thrust it in under the embers, Od. 9.375;ὑ. στέρνοιο τυχήσας Il.4.106
;τοὺς μὲν ὑ. χθονὸς εὐρυοδείης πέμψαν Hes.Th. 717
: also without the sense of motion,ὑπ' ἀνθερεῶνος ὀχεὺς τέτατο Il.3.372
;βάθιστον ὑ. χθονός ἐστι βέρεθρον 8.14
;ἐτέθαπτο ὑ. χθονός Od.11.52
;κεκευθὼς πολεμίας ὑ. χθονός A.Th. 588
;ὑπ' ἀγκῶνος βέλη Pi.O.2.83
;νέρθεν ὑπ' ἐγκεφάλοιο Il.16.347
;τὰ ὑ. γῆς δικαιωτήρια Pl.Phdr. 249a
;δεξιὰν ὑφ' εἵματος κρύπτειν E.Hec. 342
; φέρειν ζώνης ὕπο ib. 762: Thom.Mag.p.375 R. says that ὑ. = under takes gen. in [dialect] Att., acc. in 'Hellenic' Greek; κατακρύψας ὑ. κόπρου, which is v.l. in Od.9.329 for ὑ. κόπρῳ, is called by Eust.1631.36 Ἀττικώτερον, ὁποῖον καὶ τὸ φέρειν τι ὑ. κόλπου ἢ ὑ. μάλης (v. κόλπος, μάλη); but in [dialect] Att. Prose, Hdt., and the Koine ὑ. c. gen. in signfs. 1.1, 2 is almost limited to these and a few other phrases, esp. ὑ. γῆς; it is not found at all in Th., LXX, Ptolemaic papyri, and NT; X. has ὑ. ἁμάξης ( = from under) An.6.4.22,25; the Orators have only ὑ. μάλης, Lys.Fr.54, D.29.12; ὑ. γῆς is found in Pl.Ap. 18b, Mx. 246d, R. 414d, al., Arist.Mete. 352b6, al., Hipparch.2.2.45, Plb.18.18.10 ([etym.] ὑ. τῆς γῆς), 21.28.3,10.b metaph., ἀρετῶσι δὲ λαοὶ ὑπ' αὐτοῦ under his rule, Od.19.114.II of Cause or Agency, freq. with pass. Verbs, and with intr. Verbs in pass. sense,μή πως τάχ' ὑπ' αὐτοῦ δουρὶ δαμήῃς Il.3.436
, cf. 4.479; ; εὖτ' ἂν πολλοὶ ὑφ' Ἕκτορος θνῂσκοντες πίπτωσι 1.242;τὸν.. τοκέα ὑ. τοῦ.. παιδὸς ἀποθνῄσκειν Hdt.1.137
; , cf. Th.7, al.;πέλεκυς.. ὅς τ' εἶσιν διὰ δουρὸς ὑπ' ἀνέρος Il.3.61
;ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν.. φοβέοντο.. ἀπὸ νηῶν 16.303
; (anap.);ὑ. τοῦ Μήδου δεινότερα τούτων πάσχοντες Th.1.77
;ἐκπεσόντες ὑ. τοῦ πλήθους Id.4.66
;ἀναστάτων Καμαριναίων γενομένων ὑ. Συρακοσίων Id.6.5
;ὑφ' ὑμῶν αὐτῶν καὶ μὴ ὑ. τῶν πολεμίων τοῦτο παθεῖν Id.4.64
; κλύοντές ἐσμεν αἰσχίστους λόγους.. τοῦδ' ὑπ' ἀνδρὸς ἀρτίως we have been called shameful names by.., S.Aj. 1321; κακῶς ὑ. τῶν πολιτῶν ἀκούειν to be ill spoken of by.., Isoc.4.77, cf. Pl.Hp.Ma. 304e, X.An. 7.7.23; of a subordinate agent, ὑ. κήρυκος προαγορεύειν, ἀπειπεῖν κηρύκων ὕπο, Hdt.9.98, E.Alc. 737, cf. Th.6.32;ἐμῶν ὑπ' ἀγγέλων.. πορεύεται S.Tr. 391
;ὑ. ἀγγέλων πέμπων Pl.Phlb. 66a
: sts. with a verbal Subst., τὸ ὑ. νόμου ἐπίταγμα (i. e. ἐπιταττόμενον) Id.R. 359a;ἐκφορὰ φίλων ὕπο A.Th. 1029
;ἡ ὑπ' ἀρετῆς Ἡρακλέους παίδευσις X. Mem.2.1.34
;ἡ ὑ. πάντων τιμή Id.Cyr.3.3.2
;Ἥρας δεσμοὶ ὑ. ὑέος Pl. R. 378d
; so ἄτρωτον ἦν ὑ. στύγους ( = οὐ τετρωμένον) prob. in A.Ch. 532.2 also in pregnant phrases, not only of the immediate act of the agent, but also of its further result, ὅθ' ὑ. λιγέων ἀνέμων σπέρχωσιν ἄελλαι hasten driven on by them, Il.13.334; ὑφ' Ἕκτορος.. φεύγοντες fleeing before him, 18.149,χάσσονται ὑπ' ἔγχεος 13.153
, cf. 7.64, 11.119, 424, Od.5.320, 7.263, al.;πράγματα εἶχον ὑ. λῃστῶν X.HG5.1.5
; ἔπαινον, αἰτίαν ἔχειν ὑ. τινῶν, Hdt.9.78, A.Eu.99;οὐκέτι ἀποχωρεῖν οἷόν τ' ἦν ὑ. τῶν ἱππέων Th.7.78
, cf. Ar.V. 1084.3 freq. of things as well as persons,ὡς διάκειμαι ὑ. τῆς νόσου Th.7.77
;κεῖμαι νούσου ὕ. στυγερᾶς IG42(1).125.8
(Epid., iii B.C.);χαλεπῶς ἔχειν ὑ. τραυμάτων Pl.Tht. 142b
;ὑ. δόρατος πλαγείς IG42(1).122.64
(Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. ἔχιος φῦμα ib.123.4 (ibid., iv B.C.); ἰάθη ὑ. ὄφιος ib.121.113 (ibid., iv B.C.);κατεσκεύασαν τὰς πύλας κλείεσθαι ὑ. σφύρας τε μεγάλης καὶ κτύπου παμμεγέθους γιγνομένου Aen.Tact.20.4
: of the agency of feelings, passions, etc.,ἀνόρουσ' ὑ. χάρματος h.Cer. 371
; ἐνδακρύειν, ἀνολολύξαι χαρᾶς ὕπο, A.Ag. 541, 587;μαίνεται.. ὑφ' ἡδονῆς S.El. 1153
;χλωρὸς ὑπαὶ δείους Il.10.376
;ὑ. δέους ἔρρηξε φωνήν Hdt.1.85
, cf. Th.6.33;οὐ δυνατὸν τὸν δῆμον ἐσόμενον ὑ. τῶν κακῶν καρτερεῖν Id.4.66
;ὑ. κακοῦ ἀγρυπνίῃσι εἴχετο Hdt.3.129
;ὑπ' ἄλγους A.Eu. 183
; ;ὑ. λύπης S.OT 1073
: hence ὑπό is used even with active Verbs, where a passive word may be supplied, e.g. ὑ. ἀρετῆς καὶ προθυμίης συνεπλήρουν τὰς νέας from courage, i. e. impelled by courage, Hdt.8.1;ὤρυσσον ὑ. μαστίγων Id.7.22
, cf. 56; οὐδὲ σέ γε δόλος ἔσχ' ὑ. χειρὸς ἐμᾶς by my agency, S.Ph. 1118 (lyr.); αἰ μήτις αὐτὸς δοίη, μὴ ὑπ' ἀνάγκας not under compulsion, GDI5128.5 ([place name] Vaxos).4 ὑπό freq. serves to denote the attendant or accompanying circumstances,νέφος ἐρχόμενον κατὰ πόντον ὑ. Ζεφύροιο ἰωῆς Il.4.276
, cf. 16.591, etc.: sts. with part. added, ἀμφὶ δὲ νῆες σμερδαλέον κονάβησαν ἀϋσάντων ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν at their shouting, i.e. when they shouted, 2.334, 16.277;ἴαχε σάλπιγξ ἄστυ περιπλομένων δηΐων ὕ. 18.220
.5 of accompanying music, to give the time,κώμαζον ὑπ' αὐλοῦ Hes.Sc. 281
, cf. 278;ᾄδων ὑπ' αὐλητῆρος Archil.123
, cf. Thgn.825, Charon Fr.9;πίνειν ὑ. σάλπιγγος Ar.Ach. 1001
: generally, of anything attendant, δαΐδων ὕ. λαμπομενάων ἠγίνεον by torchlight, Il.18.492, cf. E.Hel. 639 (lyr.), Ion 1474 (lyr.);καταθάψομεν.. ὑ. κλαυθμῶν A.Ag. 1554
(anap.);ὑπ' εὐκλείας θανεῖν E.Hipp. 1299
; ; ὑπ' εὐφήμου βοῆς θῦσαι offer a sacrifice accompanied by it, S.El. 630; ὑ. φανοῦ πορεύεσθαι by lantern-light, X.Lac.5.7; ὑ. πομπῆς ἐξάγειν τινά in or with solemn procession, Hdt.2.45, cf. Ar.Th. 1030; ὑ. βίης βήξας coughing with violence, violently, Hdt.6.107; ἐτόξευον ὑ. μαστίγων, i.e. they shot and lashed, X.An.3.4.25: v. infr. B. 11.4, C. IV. 1.7 Math., ἡ ὑ. ΘΔΗ the angle ΘΔΗ ( = ἡ ὑ. τῶν ΘΔ, ΔΗ περιεχομένη γωνία), Procl. Hyp.2.26; but also τὸ ὑ. τῶν ΑΓ, ΓΒ the rectangle contained by ΑΓ, ΓΒ, = ΑΓ χ ΓΒ, Euc.2.4.8 ναῦλον ὄνων γ εἰς τὴν πόλιν ὑ. οἴνου laden with wine, Pap. in Hermes 28.163 (ii A.D.), cf. ib.479, and infr. C. IV. 2.B WITH DATIVE (esp. in Poets, never in LXX (Jb.12.5 is dub. l.) or NT, not common in Arist., Ptolemaic papyri, or Plb.), of Position under,ὑ. ποσσί Il.2.784
, al.; ὑ. πλατανίστῳ ib. 307, cf. 18.558; ὑ. Τμώλῳ at its foot, 2.866, cf. Od.1.186;Βερύσιοι ὑ. τῇ Ἴδῃ IG12.191.11
, cf. 373.118, al.;ὑ. τῇ ἀκροπόλι Hdt.6.105
; τῶν θανόντων ὑπ' Ἰλίῳ under its walls, E.Hec. 764, cf. A.Ag. 860;πέτρῃ ὕ. γλαφυρῇ εὗδον, Βορέω ὑπ' ἰωγῇ Od.14.533
;ὑ. τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἔχειν τὰς πηγάς Arist.Mete. 350b27
;ὑ. πέτρᾳ παῖς IG42(1).122.19
(Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. τῷ ναῷ ἀστραγαλίζοντος αὐτοῦ ib.121.25 (ibid., iv B.C.); ηυπὺ τῇ κλίνῃ τούτῃ ληνὸς (or Λῆνος) ηύπυ ib.14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.);στρουθοὶ ὑ. τῇ τραπέζῃ Michel 832.33
(Samos, iv B.C.);ὑ. τῇ μασχάλῃ Hp.Art.11
;χέλυν δ' ὑ. μασχάλῃ εἶχεν h.Merc. 242
;ὑ. ταῖς μασχάλαις Arist.PA 688b5
,14; ὁ ὑ. τῇ γῇ ἀήρ under the earth, Id.Cael. 295a28; ἐὰν ὑ. σοὶ κατακλινῇ lies next below you, Pl.Smp. 222e; ὑφ' ἅρμασι under, i.e. yoked to, the chariot, Il.8.402, 18.244;εἶχε μάχαιραν ὑφ' αὑτῷ παρεσκευασμένος Plb.8.20.6
codd., cf. POxy. 1800 Fr.2.36 (Vit.Aesop.);ὑ. τοῖς χιτωνίσκοις περιζώματα φοροῦσιν Plb.12.26a
.4, cf. 13.7.9; τά τε θηρία καὶ τὰς ὑπ' αὐτοῖς σχεδίας under them, on which they stood, Id.3.46.8;τῆς γῆς τῆς ὑ. τῷ κόσμῳ κειμένης Timae.
ap. eund.12.25.7;οἱ ὑ. τῇ ἄρκτῳ, τῇ μεσημβρία, οἰκοῦντες Adam.2.31
, cf. Arist.Pr. 940a37, Phgn. 806b16;ὑ. τῷ μετώπῳ ὀφρύες Id.HA 491b14
;ὑ. τῷ γενείῳ Plb.34.10.9
;τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ὕδασι καὶ ὑμέσι καὶ ὑέλοις Hero
*Deff.135.12;ὑ. τῷ δέρματι Gal. 18(2).102
.2 with Verbs of motion, where rest or position follows, εἷσαν ὑ. φηγῷ set [him] down under it, Il.5.693;ἔζευξαν ὑφ' ἅρμασιν.. ἵππους Od.3.478
, cf. Il.24.782;ὑ. δ' ἄξοσι.. ἔπιπτον 16.378
, cf. X.Cyr.7.1.37;δέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ θέμεναι Il.24.644
.3 in such phrases as ὑ. χερσί τινος ἁλῶναι, δαμῆναι, 2.374, 860, al.;ἐμῇς ὑ. χερσὶ δάμασσον 3.352
;ὑ. δουρὶ δαμῆναι 5.653
, etc.;ἔκπεσον ἵππων Ἀτρεΐδεω ὑ. χερσί 11.180
;ὤλετο.. ὑ. γαμφηλῇσι λέοντος 16.489
; (lyr.);ἐν κονίῃσι πέσοιεν ὑπ' ἀνδράσι Il.6.453
;ὑ. τινὶ κτείνεσθαι 16.490
.4 behind,ὑ. φάλαγγι Ascl.Tact.6.1
; under the cover or protection of,ὑ. τούτῳ τῷ φράγματι τοὺς ὑπορύσσοντας εἶναι Aen.Tact.37.9
;ὑ. ταῖς αὑτῶν ἀσφαλείαις Plb. 1.57.8
, 4.12.10, 16.6.1.II of the person under whose hand, power, or influence, or the thing by or through which a thing is done, ὑπ' Ἀργείοισι φέβοντο fled before them, Il.11.121; freq. in Hom. with intr. or pass. Verbs,ἐφόβηθεν ὑφ' Ἕκτορι Il.15.637
;ὁρμηθέντες ὑ. πληγῇσιν ἱμάσθλης Od.13.82
;βῆ.. θεῶν ὑ. πομπῇ Il.6.171
;ὦρτο δὲ κῦμα πνοιῇ ὕπο 23.215
;ὑ. λαίλαπι βέβριθε χθών 16.384
; τεκεῖν, τεκέσθαι ὑ. τινί, 2.714, 728, 742;ἀτῆθαι ὑ. τῷ μεμφομένῳ GDI4994.8
([place name] Crete);ὁ χρησμὸς ὁ γεγονὼς ὑ. τοῖ Ἀπόλλωνι Inscr.Magn.38.5
, cf. 12,31,52.2 expressing subjection or dependence, ὑ. τινί under one's power,δέδμητο δὲ λαὸς ὑπ' αὐτῷ Od.3.305
, cf. Il.9.156;ὑπ' ἀνδράσιν οἶκον ἔχουσιν Od. 7.68
; εἶναι ὑ. τισί to be subordinate, subject to them, Th.1.32; ὑ. Χείρωνι τεθραμμένος under the eye of.., Pl.R. 391c; ἔχειν ὑφ' ἑαυτῷ have under one, at one's command, X.Cyr.2.1.26;τὰ θηρία τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ἀνθρώποις Pl.R. 563c
;ὑ. τινὶ στρατεύσασθαι Plu.Cic.44
: in pregnant sense,ἵνα.. πάντα ὑ. Πέρσῃσι γένηται Hdt.7.11
, cf. Th.7.64;ὑπ' ἑωυτῷ ποιήσασθαι Hdt.7.157
;κινδυνεύσαιμ' ἂν ὑ. τῇ δυσχερεστάτῃ γενέσθαι τύχῃ Lys.24.6
;ὑ. τῷ Μακεδόνι ταττομένων Plb.18.11.4
;τοὺς τραφέντας ὑ. τούτοις Id.6.7.2
.3 of the subordination of things coming under a class,αἱ ὑ. ταῖς τέχναις ἐργασίαι Pl.Smp. 205c
;τὸ ὑ. ταῖς γεωμετρίαις Id.R. 511b
;ὄργανα.. τὰ ὑ. τῇ μουσικῇ Id.Hp.Ma. 295d
.4 as in A. 11.5, ὑπ' αὐλητῆρι πρόσθ' ἔκιον advanced to the music of the flute-player, Hes.Sc. 283; ὑπ' αὐλῷ, ὑ. κήρυκι καὶ θεολόγῳ, Luc.DDeor.2.2, Alex.19;ὑ. μάστιξι διορύττειν τὸν Ἄθω Plu.2.470e
: generally, of attendant circumstances,ἐξ ἁλὸς εἶσι.. πνοιῇ ὕπο Ζεφύροιο Od.4.402
; ὑ. ῥάβδοις καὶ πελέκεσι κατιών escorted by the lictors, Plu.Publ.10; ὑ. σκότῳ, νυκτί, A.Ag. 1030 (lyr.), A.R. 1.1022, etc.;λάμπει δ' ὑ. μαρμαρυγαῖς ὁ χρυσός B.3.17
;αἰθομένα δᾲς ὑ. ξανθαἵσι πεύκαις Pi.Fr.79
;ὑ. φωτὶ πολλῷ προσῄει Plu.Galb.14
;ὑ. λαμπάσιν ἡμμέναις Hld.10.41
; ὑ. πολλῷ στρατῷ escorted by a great host, Nic.Dam.10J.;ὑ. δικαιοσύνῃ διαγαγεῖν τὸν βίον Pl.Ep. 335d
.— ὑπό has no sense c. dat. which it has not also c. gen.; but all its senses c. gen. do not belong to the dat.:—later ὑπό c. dat. is found as a mere periphr. of the dat.,στέφος.. αὐτὸς ὑφ' ἡμετέραις πλεξάμενος παλάμαις AP5.73
(Rufin.), cf. 85 (Claudian.);λέων ὑπ' ἄκοντι τετυμμένος A.R.2.26
, cf. Man.2.131.C WITH ACCUSATIVE, of Place; to express motion towards and under an object, ὑ. σπέος ἤλασε μῆλα drove them under, i.e. into, the cave, Il.4.279;ὑ. ζυγὸν ἤγαγεν Od.3.383
; σεῦ ὕστερος εἶμ' ὑ. γαῖαν, i.e. shall die, Il.18.333;νέεσθαι ὑ. ζόφον 23.51
, cf. Od.3.335; κατακρύπτειν τινὰ ὑ. τὴν αὐτὴν θύρην under shelter of it, i.e. behind it, Hdt.1.12;πάϊς ὣς ὑ. μητέρα δύσκεν εἰς Αἴαντα Il.8.271
;ὅκως ἔωσι ὑ. τὸν πεζὸν στρατὸν τὸν σφέτερον Hdt.9.96
;ὑ. τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ὁπλιτῶν τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ψιλῶν τετάχθαι Ael.Tact.15.2
; of coming close up under a lofty citadel, ἤλθεθ' ὑ. Τροίην up to T., Od.4.146;ὅτ' ἔμελλεν ὑ. πτόλιν αἰπύ τε τεῖχος ἵξεσθαι Il.11.181
;παυρότερον λαὸν ἀγαγόνθ' ὑ. τεῖχος ἄρειον 4.407
;ὑ. τὰ τείχη φεύγειν Plb.1.74.11
;ὑ. τὰς ἴλας φεύγειν Id.3.65.7
, cf. 3.105.6, 11.21.5, al.;ὑ. ταὐτὸ στέγος εἰσελθεῖν GDI3536
B 3 ([place name] Cnidus);πᾶν ὃ ἐὰν ἔλθῃ.. ὑ. τὴν ῥάβδον LXXLe.27.32
, cf. De.4.11, al.; so ὑ. δικαστήριον ὑπαχθείς, ἀγαγόντες, Hdt.6.72, 104 (cf. ὑπάγειν ὑ. τοὺς ἐφόρους ib.82) prob. refers to the elevated seats of the judges in court, cf. ὑπάγω A ΙΙ.2 of Position or Extension under an object, without sense of motion,Ἀρκαδίην ὑ. Κυλλήνης ὄρος Il.2.603
, cf. 824, etc.;ἰκριώσασι ὑ. τὴν ὀροφήν IG12.374.76
; ἐργασαμένοις τὸ ἄνθεμον ὑ. τὴν ἀσπίδα ib.371.9;τὰ μὲν ὑ. τὸν λόφον καὶ τὰμ φάραγγα Inscr.Prien.37.162
(ii B.C.);ἀνθέντω ὑ. τὸν ναὸν τᾶς Δάματρος IG5(1).1498.13
(loc. inc., ii B.C.); ὅσσοι ἔασιν ὑπ' ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε everywhere under the sun, Il.5.267;ὑπ' αὐγὰς ἠελίοιο φοιτῶσι Od.2.181
;τῶν ὑ. τοῦτον τὸν ἥλιον.. ἀνθρώπων D.18.270
;τὰ ὑ. τὴν ἄρκτον Hdt. 5.10
, cf. Arist.Mete. 362a17;οἴκησις ἡ λεγομένη ὑ. τὸν πόλον Gem.5.38
, cf. 16.21, al.;ὑ. τὸν οὐρανόν LXXEx.17.14
, al., UPZ106.14 (i B.C.);τὸ ὑ. τὴν ἀκρόπολιν Th.2.17
;ὁ ὑ. γῆν λεγόμενος εἶναι θεός Hdt.7.114
, cf. Il.19.259; ὑ. γῆν is more freq. than ὑ. γῆς in Arist., Mete. 349b29, al., in Hipparch., 1.3.10, al., and entirely supersedes ὑ. γῆς in Hdt., 2.124, 125, 127, 148, 150, 3.102, 4.195, 7.114, and Gem., 2.19, al.; it is found also in Plb.21.28.11, etc.; ὑ. γῆν the nadir, opp. μεσουράνημα, PLond.1.98r.49, 110.33 (i/ii A.D.); alsoἄγχε δέ μιν.. ἱμὰς ἁπαλὴν ὑ. δειρήν Il.3.371
;Τρῶες.. πτῶσσον ὑ. κρημνούς 21.26
;ἀγέροντο.. ἄλσος ὕ. σκιερόν Od.20.278
;τρωφεὶς ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν IG42(1).122.120
(Epid., iv B.C.);οὐλὴ ὑπ' ὀφθαλμὸν δεξιόν PCair.Zen76.13
(iii B.C.);ὑ. τὸ μέρος τοῦ ἐνοφειλομένου ὑπογραψάτω ὅσον ἰδίᾳ ἔχει PRev.Laws 19.2
(iii B.C.);κείμενος ὑ. τὸν ὀμφαλόν Sor.1.7
, cf. 67, al.;ὑ. τὰς πύλας ἵππων πόδες φαίνονται Th.5.10
;μὴ ὑποτιθέναι κύλικα ὑ. τὴν κλίνην IG12(5).593
A21 (Ceos, v B. C.); ὑ. τὸν ὀδόν ib.42(1).102.249 (Epid., iv B.C.);καταψύξατε ὑ. τὸ δένδρον LXX Ge.18.4
; ὑ. τὸν λέβητα ib.Ec.7.7(6); ὑ. τοὺς πόδας ib.La.3.34;εἰς τοὺς ὑ. πόδα χωρεῖ τόπους Dsc.5.75
(v.πούς 1.6
g); ἡ ὑ. πόδα (sc. γραμμή ) the base of a triangle, Hero *Mens.55; also ὑπ' αὐγὰς.. λεύσσουσαι πέπλους holding them up to the light, E.Hec. 1154; also ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν close to the eye, Arist. Pr. 874a9;ὑποκειμένης τῆς Εὐβοίας ὑ. τὴν Ἀττικήν Isoc.4.108
;ὑπ' αὐτὴν ἐσχάτην στήλην ἔχων ἔχριμπτ' ἀεὶ σύριγγα S.El. 720
;εἰ θεωρήσειεν ὑπ' αὐγὰς τὸν ἀνθρώπειον βίον Iamb.Protr.8
(cf.αὐγή 1
): of subordinate position.κατακλίνεσθαι ὑ. τινά Luc.Symp.9
; τίς ὑ. τίνα; who is next to whom, Onos.10.2.b Math., ὁ κύβος ὁ ὑ. τὴν.. σφαῖραν inscribed in the sphere, Papp.440.5;εἶναι ὑ. τὸ αὐτὸ ὕψος Euc.11.29
, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.19; ὑ. τὰν αὐτὰν γωνίαν subtending.., Id.Aren. 1.20 (cj.), cf. 21; ,al.3 of the logical subordination of things under a class,τῶν ἑτερογενῶν καὶ μὴ ὑπ' ἄλληλα τεταγμένων Arist.Cat. 1b16
, etc.; οἱ ὑ. τὸ ψεῦδος τεταγμένοι in the category of.., Luc.Ind.20.II of subjection, control, dependence, never in Hom., once in Hdt.,ὑ. βασιλέα δασμοφόρος 7.108
;ὑ. σφᾶς ποιεῖσθαι Th.4.60
, cf. Pl.R. 348d, Arist. HA 488a10, etc.;ἕως κα ᾖ ὑ. τὸν πατέρα Test.Epict.3.29
;ὑ. τιν' ἦν τῶν βασιλέων Men.340
;τί δ' οὐ κρατέοντος ὑπ' ἰσχύν; Call.Jov.75
, cf. 74;ὑ. Δία Γῆν Ἥλιον Sammelb. 5616
(i A.D.), POxy.722.6 (i/ii A.D.), etc. (v.ἥλιος 11.1
);ὑ. θεὸν καὶ ἄνθρωπον Michel854.52
(Halic., iii B.C.);τοῦ τοπαρχοῦντος ὑ. σέ PCair.Zen.322.3
(iii B.C.);στρατενσάμενον ὑ. ἄρχοντα Ἀντίοχον IG12(1).43.7
([place name] Rhodes);μηδὲ ὑ. δεσπότην ὤν LXXPr. 6.7
, cf. Ps.143.2; for ὑ. χεῖρα, v. χείρ; οἱ ὑ. τινά X.Cyr.3.3.6,8.8.5, etc.;τοῖς ὑφ' αὑτὸν τεταγμένοις GDI3750.75
([place name] Rhodes).III of Time, in the course of, during, or to be left untranslated in English,ἐκέλευε Τοωσὶ ποτὶ πτόλιν ἡγήσασθαι νύχθ' ὕ. τήνδ' ὀλοήν Il.22.102
;ὑ. τὴν νύκτα ταύτην Hdt.9.51
, cf. 58; ὑ. τὴν πρώτην ἐπελθοῦσαν νύκτα ἀπέδρη Id 6.2;τῆς κολοκύνθης.. ἣ ἐγενήθη ὑ. νύκτα καὶ ὑ. νύκτα ἀπώλετο LXXJn.4.10
: rarely with stress on the duration, πάνθ' ὑ. μηνιθμόν throughout its continuance, Il.16.202;ὑ. τὸν παρεόντα τόνδε πόλεμον Hdt.9.60
; οὐδὲν τῶν κατ' Αἴγυπτον ὑ. ταῦτα ἑτεροιωθῆναι during that time, Id.2.142;ὑ. τὸν χρόνον ὃν οἱ ἑξήκοντα καὶ τριηκόσιοι ἦρχον οἵδε ἐθεόρεον IG12(8).276.4
([place name] Thasos).2 also of Time, about, sts. more precisely at, and of events, about or at the time of, ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν χρόνον ὅτε .. Ar.Ach. 139, cf. Hdt.7.165;ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν καιρόν Plb. 11.27.4
, 16.15.8; ὑφ' ἕνα καιρόν at one time, Diog.Oen.38;ὑ. τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον Th.2.26
;ὑ. τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους Id.1.100
;ὑ. τὸν σεισμόν Id.2.27
, cf. Plb.4.33.5, Plu.Alex.14; ὑ. τὴν ἑωθινήν, ὑ. τὴν ὄρφνην, Plb. 18.19.5,7;ὑ. τὸν ὄρθρον Act.Ap.5.21
, Gp.2.4.3; ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς περιπάτους ὑ. τὸ ψῦχος in the cool of the morning, Plb.5.56.10; ὑφ' ἓν πάντες all at once, at the same time, Arr.Epict.3.22.33, cf. S.E.M. 10.124, Sor.1.103, al.; παιδάριον ὑ. τὴν ἀναπνοὴν ἑπτὰ καὶ πέντε στίχους συνεῖρον in one breath, Plb.10.47.9; ὑφ' ἓν ἐκτρῖψαι at one blow, LXX Wi.12.9; ὑ. μίαν ἄρσιν καὶ θέσιν ἀνατείνοντες καὶ κατατιθέμενοι, of a squad of diggers, Gp.2.45.5; ὑ. μίαν φωνήν Aristeas 178; πῶς γὰρ ἂν ὑ. τὰς αὐτὰς ἡμέρας ἔν τε τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ Κιλικίᾳ.. πολεμήσειε; at the same time, D.C.36.35; sts. c. part., ὑ. τὸν νηὸν κατακαέντα at the time of its burning, Hdt.1.51; ὑ. τὴν κατάλυσιν τοῦ πολέμου just at the end, X.Mem.2.8.1, cf. Plu.Mar.46; ὑ. τὸν θυμὸν ἐκ χειρὸς ἐπιστρατευσαμένων at the very time of their anger, Plb. 2.19.10;ὑ. παροξυσμόν Gal.19.215
; παραδόντω τοῖς αἱρεθεῖσι εἰς τὸν ὑπ' αὐτὰ (or ὕπαυτα as Adv. = ἑξῆς)ἐνιαυτόν IG9(1).694.60
(Corc., ii/i B.C.);ὑ. κύνα Arist.HA 547a14
, Thphr.CP1.13.3, D.S.19.109;ὑ. τὰς θερινὰς [τροπὰς] καὶ τοῦ κυνὸς τὴν ἐπιτολήν Gp.2.6.17
.IV of accompaniment,ὑπὸ ὄρχησίν τε καὶ ᾠδήν Pl.Lg. 670a
;ὑ. αὐλὸν διαλέγεσθαι X.Smp.6.3
codd. (ὑ. τοῦ αὐλοῦ Cobet); ὑ. κήρυκα (v.κῆρυξ 1.3
).—Compare A.11.5, B.11.4.2 ὄνον ἕνα ὑ. λαχανόσπερμον laden with.., Meyer Ostr.81.2 (i A. D.), cf. PFay.p.324 (i A.D.); , al. (iii A.D.); cf. supr. A.11.8.D POSITION: ὑ. can follow its Subst., becoming by anastrophe ὕπο. It is freq. separated from the Subst. by intervening words, as in Il.2.465, Od.5.320, 7.130:— ὑπαί is placed after its case in A. Eu. 417, S.El. 1418, Inach. l.c., although acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.480 it cannot suffer anastrophe.E AS ADV., under, below, beneath, freq. in Hom.; esp. of young animals, under the mother, i.e. at the breast, Od.4.636, 21.23.2 behind, Hdt.7.61: cf. C. 1.II ὑπ' ἐκ or ὑπέκ, v. ὑπέκ.—In Hom. the separation of the Prep. from its Verb by tmesis is very freq., and sts. it follows, in which case it suffers anastrophe,φυγὼν ὕπο νηλεὲς ἦμαρ Od.9.17
.F IN COMPOSITION:I under, as well of rest as of motion, as in ὕπειμι, ὑποβαίνω, etc.3 of the agency or influence under which a thing is done, to express subjection or subordination, ὑποδαμνάω, ὑποδμώς, ὑφηνίοχος, cf. ἐπί G. 111. -
62 שם II
שֵׁםII m. (b. h.; v. שוּם a. שׂוּם) mark, name, title, nature, denomination. Pes.III, לא תקרא לה שםוכ׳ she must not name it (declare it to be Hallah) until it is baked. Ter. III, 5 האומר … קרא שם if one says, the priests portion of this pile is in it … he has named it (designated it as Trumah). Gen. R. s. 25 (ref. to Gen. 5:29) לא השם הוא המדרש … הוא השםוכ׳ the name (נח) and the interpretation (ינחמנו) do not correspond; it ought to be either Ber.II, 8 ליטול … השם, v. נָטַל. Macc.I, 2 לא השם המביאווכ׳ the title (the legal text) under which the false witness is doomed to lashes, is not the one under which he is bound to pay indemnity. Kinn. I, 3 משם אחד, sacrificial birds of the same denomination (intended for the same class of cases), opp. משני שמות of different denominations. Sabb.XII, 3 משם אחד two letters of the alphabet of the same name (אא, בב), opp. משתי שמית two different letters (אב). Ib. שם קטן משם גדולוכ׳ a small name or word as a part (or abbreviation) of a larger one, as שם as a part of שמעון, of שמואל Ib. 103b שתי אותיות והן שם אחד two identical letters which represent a word, (as שש, which may stand for שֵׁש or שָׂשׂ) Shebu.3b, a. fr. לא מן השם הוא זהוכ׳ this comes not under this title (this is not the real reason), but it is because Ker.III, 4 אינו מן השם the offence is not of the same class. Macc.4b, a. fr. מוציא שם רע (על חבירי) who spreads an evil report about his neighbor (injures his reputation). Ber.17a גדל בשם טובוכ׳ who has grown up with a good name, and departed life with a good name; a. v. fr.Esp. הַשֵּׁם or שֵׁם the Divine Name, the Tetragrammaton, contradist. to כינוי attribute; in gen. the Lord. Snh.VII, 5 המגדף … שיפרש השם the blasphemer is not punishable, unless he uses the Name explicitly. Ib. 8 המקלל … בַּשֵּׁם he that curses his father or his mother is not punishable, unless he curses them with the Name. Ib. 56a בידך את השם בכינוי (not בכינויים) if he curses God by using a divine attribute. Ib. עד שיברך שם בשם unless he curses God and pronounces the Name. Yoma III, 8; IV, 2; VI, 2 אנא השם (בשם) I pray, O Lord (pronouncing the Tetragrammaton). Ib. כשהיו שימעים שם המפורש שהוא יוצאוכ׳ when they heard the Tetragrammaton pronounced, v. פָּרַש. Ib. IV, 1 אחד … לַשֵּׁם on one of the lots was written ‘unto the Lord; של שם the lot bearing the inscription ‘unto the Lord; a. v. fr.; v. שָׁמַיִם.Especial uses: כְּשֵׁם שֶׁ־ the same as, as well as. Ber.IX, 5 חייב אדם … כשם שמברךוכ׳ a man is bound to bless God for what is evil as well as he blesses for what is good. Ib. 62a כשם שנפרעיןוכ׳ as well as the dead are called to account, v. סַפְדָּן. Sot.V, 1 כשם שהמים … כךוכ׳ as the waters test her, so do they test him. Ib. כשם שאסורהוכ׳, v. בָּעַל; a. v. fr.כְּשֵׁם, מִשֵּׁם in the name of, in behalf of. Meg.15a כל האומר דכר בשם אומרווכ׳ he who relates a thing in the name of him who said it (gives credit to authority), brings redemption into the world. Peah II, 4 מִשְּׁמוֹ in his own name (as his individual opinion). Y.Taan.I, 64a הלכה … שאמר משםוכ׳ the rule follows the opinion of … who said in behalf of ; a. v. fr.לְשֵׁם for the purpose of, for the sake of, as; with reference to. Gitt.24b כתב רהמנא לה לִשְׁמָהּ the text (Deut. 24:3) says, ‘unto her, that means, that it must be written especially for her. Yeb.47b, v. שוּם II.Snh.99b העוסק בתורה לשמה who studies the Law for! its own sake (for no selfish ends). Pes.50b לעולם יעסוק … אע״פ שלא לשמה … בא לשמה by all means let a man engage in the study of the Law and in good deeds, even if not for their own sake, for through the work for a selfish purpose he will arrive at the stage of doing good for its own sake. Ib. 13b, a. e. שחטן לִשְׁמָןוכ׳ if he slaughtered them as such (as festive sacrifices) ; זרק דמן שלא לשמן if he sprinkled their blood, having in mind another purpose (another class of sacrifices). Gen. R. s. 25 לשם קרבנו נקרא he was named (נח) with reference to his sacrifice ( ניחח, Gen. 8:21); לשם נחתוכ׳ he was named (נח) with reference to the rest of the ark ( ותנח, Gen. 8:4); Yalk. ib. 42 על שםוכ׳; a. v. fr.עַל שֵׁם (abbrev. ע״ש) with reference to, because. Y.Taan.II, beg.65a על שם ואנכיוכ׳ as a reference to (what Abraham said,) ‘and I am but dust and ashes (Gen. 18:27). Gen. R. s. 23, v. טְבַרְיָא; a. fr.; v. שוּם II.Pl. שֵׁמוֹת, constr. שְׁמוֹת. Kinn. l. c. Gen. R. s. 26 כל הש׳ הללווכ׳ all these names indicate rebellion, v. מַרְדּוּת I. B. Mets. 114b עובר בכל הש׳ הללו is guilty under all these titles (texts). Shebu.35a יש ש׳ שנמחקין ויש ש׳וכ׳ there are divine names which may be erased, and such as may not be erased. Y.R. Hash. I, 56d bot. שְׁ׳ המלאכים, v. מַלְאָךְ; a. fr. -
63 שֵׁם
שֵׁםII m. (b. h.; v. שוּם a. שׂוּם) mark, name, title, nature, denomination. Pes.III, לא תקרא לה שםוכ׳ she must not name it (declare it to be Hallah) until it is baked. Ter. III, 5 האומר … קרא שם if one says, the priests portion of this pile is in it … he has named it (designated it as Trumah). Gen. R. s. 25 (ref. to Gen. 5:29) לא השם הוא המדרש … הוא השםוכ׳ the name (נח) and the interpretation (ינחמנו) do not correspond; it ought to be either Ber.II, 8 ליטול … השם, v. נָטַל. Macc.I, 2 לא השם המביאווכ׳ the title (the legal text) under which the false witness is doomed to lashes, is not the one under which he is bound to pay indemnity. Kinn. I, 3 משם אחד, sacrificial birds of the same denomination (intended for the same class of cases), opp. משני שמות of different denominations. Sabb.XII, 3 משם אחד two letters of the alphabet of the same name (אא, בב), opp. משתי שמית two different letters (אב). Ib. שם קטן משם גדולוכ׳ a small name or word as a part (or abbreviation) of a larger one, as שם as a part of שמעון, of שמואל Ib. 103b שתי אותיות והן שם אחד two identical letters which represent a word, (as שש, which may stand for שֵׁש or שָׂשׂ) Shebu.3b, a. fr. לא מן השם הוא זהוכ׳ this comes not under this title (this is not the real reason), but it is because Ker.III, 4 אינו מן השם the offence is not of the same class. Macc.4b, a. fr. מוציא שם רע (על חבירי) who spreads an evil report about his neighbor (injures his reputation). Ber.17a גדל בשם טובוכ׳ who has grown up with a good name, and departed life with a good name; a. v. fr.Esp. הַשֵּׁם or שֵׁם the Divine Name, the Tetragrammaton, contradist. to כינוי attribute; in gen. the Lord. Snh.VII, 5 המגדף … שיפרש השם the blasphemer is not punishable, unless he uses the Name explicitly. Ib. 8 המקלל … בַּשֵּׁם he that curses his father or his mother is not punishable, unless he curses them with the Name. Ib. 56a בידך את השם בכינוי (not בכינויים) if he curses God by using a divine attribute. Ib. עד שיברך שם בשם unless he curses God and pronounces the Name. Yoma III, 8; IV, 2; VI, 2 אנא השם (בשם) I pray, O Lord (pronouncing the Tetragrammaton). Ib. כשהיו שימעים שם המפורש שהוא יוצאוכ׳ when they heard the Tetragrammaton pronounced, v. פָּרַש. Ib. IV, 1 אחד … לַשֵּׁם on one of the lots was written ‘unto the Lord; של שם the lot bearing the inscription ‘unto the Lord; a. v. fr.; v. שָׁמַיִם.Especial uses: כְּשֵׁם שֶׁ־ the same as, as well as. Ber.IX, 5 חייב אדם … כשם שמברךוכ׳ a man is bound to bless God for what is evil as well as he blesses for what is good. Ib. 62a כשם שנפרעיןוכ׳ as well as the dead are called to account, v. סַפְדָּן. Sot.V, 1 כשם שהמים … כךוכ׳ as the waters test her, so do they test him. Ib. כשם שאסורהוכ׳, v. בָּעַל; a. v. fr.כְּשֵׁם, מִשֵּׁם in the name of, in behalf of. Meg.15a כל האומר דכר בשם אומרווכ׳ he who relates a thing in the name of him who said it (gives credit to authority), brings redemption into the world. Peah II, 4 מִשְּׁמוֹ in his own name (as his individual opinion). Y.Taan.I, 64a הלכה … שאמר משםוכ׳ the rule follows the opinion of … who said in behalf of ; a. v. fr.לְשֵׁם for the purpose of, for the sake of, as; with reference to. Gitt.24b כתב רהמנא לה לִשְׁמָהּ the text (Deut. 24:3) says, ‘unto her, that means, that it must be written especially for her. Yeb.47b, v. שוּם II.Snh.99b העוסק בתורה לשמה who studies the Law for! its own sake (for no selfish ends). Pes.50b לעולם יעסוק … אע״פ שלא לשמה … בא לשמה by all means let a man engage in the study of the Law and in good deeds, even if not for their own sake, for through the work for a selfish purpose he will arrive at the stage of doing good for its own sake. Ib. 13b, a. e. שחטן לִשְׁמָןוכ׳ if he slaughtered them as such (as festive sacrifices) ; זרק דמן שלא לשמן if he sprinkled their blood, having in mind another purpose (another class of sacrifices). Gen. R. s. 25 לשם קרבנו נקרא he was named (נח) with reference to his sacrifice ( ניחח, Gen. 8:21); לשם נחתוכ׳ he was named (נח) with reference to the rest of the ark ( ותנח, Gen. 8:4); Yalk. ib. 42 על שםוכ׳; a. v. fr.עַל שֵׁם (abbrev. ע״ש) with reference to, because. Y.Taan.II, beg.65a על שם ואנכיוכ׳ as a reference to (what Abraham said,) ‘and I am but dust and ashes (Gen. 18:27). Gen. R. s. 23, v. טְבַרְיָא; a. fr.; v. שוּם II.Pl. שֵׁמוֹת, constr. שְׁמוֹת. Kinn. l. c. Gen. R. s. 26 כל הש׳ הללווכ׳ all these names indicate rebellion, v. מַרְדּוּת I. B. Mets. 114b עובר בכל הש׳ הללו is guilty under all these titles (texts). Shebu.35a יש ש׳ שנמחקין ויש ש׳וכ׳ there are divine names which may be erased, and such as may not be erased. Y.R. Hash. I, 56d bot. שְׁ׳ המלאכים, v. מַלְאָךְ; a. fr. -
64 conectar
v.1 to connect something.el puente conecta la isla con el continente the bridge connects o links the island to the mainlandEl adaptador conecta los dos cables The adapter connects both cables.2 to connect (vuelo).3 to switch on, to turn on.Ricardo conectó el abanico Richard switched on the fan.4 to wire up.5 to get drugs, to make a score, to score.* * *1 (gen) to connect (up)2 (aparato eléctrico) to switch on, plug in2 familiar (llevarse bien) to hit it off, get on well* * *verb1) to connect2) link* * *1. VT1) [+ cables, tubos] to connect (up)todavía no hemos conectado la luz en el piso nuevo — we still haven't had the electricity connected in the new flat
masa II, 6)conectar un aparato eléctrico a tierra — to earth o (EEUU) ground an electrical appliance
2) (=enlazar)esta autovía conectará Granada con Almería — this dual carriageway will link Granada and o to Almería
3) (=relacionar)no logro conectar una cosa con la otra — I can't see how one thing connects with another, I can't see how everything ties in together
conectó todos los datos y resolvió el problema — he put all the facts together and solved the problem
2. VI1) * (=congeniar)un autor que ha sabido conectar con el público — an author who knows how to get through to o reach the public
2) (=enlazar)esta carretera conectará con la autopista — this road will link up to o provide a link to the motorway
3) (TV, Radio)conectamos con nuestro corresponsal en Londres — and now it's over to our correspondent in London, and now we're going over to our correspondent in London
3.See:* * *1.verbo transitivo1) <cables/aparatos> to connect (up); <luz/gas/teléfono> to connectconectar algo a la red — to connect something to the mains supply o plug something in
2) ( relacionar) <hechos/sucesos> to connect, link3) (AmL) ( poner en contacto)2.conectar a alguien con alguien — to put somebody in touch o in contact with somebody
conectar vi1)a) (Rad, TV)conectar con alguien/algo — to go over to somebody/something
b) ( empalmar) to connect, link upc) (llevarse bien, entenderse) to get along o on welld) (AmL) (con vuelo, tren)este vuelo/tren conecta con el de Dublín — this flight/train connects with the Dublin one
2) (Méx arg) ( conseguir droga) to score (sl)* * *= connect, link, turn on, wire, hook, provide + an interface, network, hook up, hit it off.Ex. Plainly, it is not always the case that there is a connection between farming and spelling, and many other documents can be identified where these subjects are not connected.Ex. These references operate in a similar fashion whether they are used to link authors' names or subject headings.Ex. To use DOBIS/LIBIS, turn the terminal on and wait for it to warm up.Ex. A modem is permanently wired, and converts digital messages which the terminal and computer understand into analogue messages capable of being transmitted down telephone lines.Ex. I don't think that is a very liberating experience, especially a terminal that's hooked to a large computer that almost no one understands, no one but a very few people.Ex. This service called A.S.K. (Access to Sources of Knowledge) will provide an interface between users and suppliers.Ex. This paper briefly presents hints to libraries wishing to network their CD-ROM databases.Ex. People are going to want to hook up different pieces of software and expect them to work.Ex. As the two began to connect well and hit it off, the contact between the two increased to a rate of at least once a week.----* conectar en red = network.* conectarse = log on, log, login.* conectarse con = interface to/with.* conectarse mediante llamada telefónica = dial up.* volver a conectar = reconnect [re-connect].* * *1.verbo transitivo1) <cables/aparatos> to connect (up); <luz/gas/teléfono> to connectconectar algo a la red — to connect something to the mains supply o plug something in
2) ( relacionar) <hechos/sucesos> to connect, link3) (AmL) ( poner en contacto)2.conectar a alguien con alguien — to put somebody in touch o in contact with somebody
conectar vi1)a) (Rad, TV)conectar con alguien/algo — to go over to somebody/something
b) ( empalmar) to connect, link upc) (llevarse bien, entenderse) to get along o on welld) (AmL) (con vuelo, tren)este vuelo/tren conecta con el de Dublín — this flight/train connects with the Dublin one
2) (Méx arg) ( conseguir droga) to score (sl)* * *= connect, link, turn on, wire, hook, provide + an interface, network, hook up, hit it off.Ex: Plainly, it is not always the case that there is a connection between farming and spelling, and many other documents can be identified where these subjects are not connected.
Ex: These references operate in a similar fashion whether they are used to link authors' names or subject headings.Ex: To use DOBIS/LIBIS, turn the terminal on and wait for it to warm up.Ex: A modem is permanently wired, and converts digital messages which the terminal and computer understand into analogue messages capable of being transmitted down telephone lines.Ex: I don't think that is a very liberating experience, especially a terminal that's hooked to a large computer that almost no one understands, no one but a very few people.Ex: This service called A.S.K. (Access to Sources of Knowledge) will provide an interface between users and suppliers.Ex: This paper briefly presents hints to libraries wishing to network their CD-ROM databases.Ex: People are going to want to hook up different pieces of software and expect them to work.Ex: As the two began to connect well and hit it off, the contact between the two increased to a rate of at least once a week.* conectar en red = network.* conectarse = log on, log, login.* conectarse con = interface to/with.* conectarse mediante llamada telefónica = dial up.* volver a conectar = reconnect [re-connect].* * *conectar [A1 ]vtA ‹cables/aparatos› to connect, connect up; ‹luz/gas/teléfono› to connectantes de conectarlo a la red compruebe el voltaje before connecting to the mains supply o plugging it in, check the voltageB (relacionar) ‹hechos/sucesos› to connect, linkno conectó una cosa con la otra she didn't make a connection between o connect the two thingsel secuestro puede estar conectado con el caso Malla the kidnapping may be linked o connected to the Malla caseC ( AmL) (poner en contacto) conectar a algn CON algn; to put sb in touch o in contact WITH sb■ conectarviA1 ( Rad, TV):conectamos con el equipo móvil we're going over to our outside broadcast unitconectemos con Juan Mendoza en París let's go over to o let's join Juan Mendoza in Paris2 (empalmar) to connect, link up3 (llevarse bien, entenderse) to get along o on wellun cantante/político que conecta bien con la juventud a singer/politician who relates well to o really engages with o reaches young people4( AmL) (con un vuelo, tren): en Río conectamos con el vuelo a Asunción in Rio we took a connecting flight to Asunción o we transferred to the Asunción flighteste vuelo/tren conecta con el de Dublín this flight/train connects with the Dublin one* * *
conectar ( conjugate conectar) verbo transitivo
‹luz/gas/teléfono› to connect
verbo intransitivoa) (Rad, TV) conectar con algn/algo to go over to sb/sth
c) (llevarse bien, entenderse) to get along o on welld) (AmL) conectar con algo [vuelo/tren] to connect with sth;
conectar
I verbo transitivo
1 to connect (up): he conectado el vídeo a la televisión, I've connected the video to the television
2 (a la red eléctrica) to plug in, switch on
3 (dos puntos distantes) to unit, link up
II verbo intransitivo
1 (establecer comunicación) to communicate: conecté con ella a través de Internet, I contacted her by Internet
2 fam (simpatizar) no conecto con mi padre, I don't get on with my father
' conectar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
instalar
- poner
- relacionar
- vincular
English:
adapter
- adaptor
- connect
- connect up
- earth
- ground
- hook up
- lay on
- wire
- link
* * *♦ vt1. [aparato, mecanismo] [con cables] to connect (a o con (up) to);conecta la lavadora a la red eléctrica connect the washing machine to the electricity supply2. [encender] [radio, calefacción] to turn on, to switch on3. [unir, comunicar] to connect, to link;el puente conecta la isla con el continente the bridge connects o links the island to the mainland4. [asociar] to link, to connect;la policía ha conectado el robo con las mafias locales the police have linked o connected the robbery to the local mafia♦ viconectamos con nuestro enviado especial en la zona and now over to our special correspondent in the area[entenderse] to relate to sb;una escritora que conecta con los más jóvenes a writer who knows how to relate to younger readers;al partido le ha fallado conectar con los sectores más desfavorecidos the party has failed to reach o get through to the most disadvantaged groups3. [vuelo] to connect;necesito conectar con el vuelo de las 9 I have to be there for a connecting flight at 9 o'clock* * *I v/t1 connect, link2 EL connect;conectar a tierra ground, Br earthII v/i connect* * *conectar vt: to connectconectar viconectar con : to link up with, to communicate with* * *conectar vb1. (en general) to connect2. (encender) to turn on / to switch on¿has conectado el vídeo? have you turned the video on? -
65 confusión
f.1 confusion, mix-up, disorder, confusedness.2 perplexity, bafflement, confusion, confusedness.3 commotion, riot, clutter, hassle.4 scene of confusion, shambles.* * *1 (desorden) confusion, chaos2 (equivocación) mistake, confusion3 (turbación) confusion, embarrassment* * *noun f.* * *SF1) (=equivocación) confusionha habido una confusión en los nombres — there was a mix-up with the names, there was some confusion with the names
esta carta no es para mí, debe de tratarse de una confusión — this letter is not for me, there must be some mistake
•
por confusión — by mistake2) (=desconcierto) confusionel terremoto produjo una gran confusión en las calles — the earthquake caused great confusion in the streets
la recuerdo con bastante confusión — I have a hazy o vague memory of her
3) (=turbación)sentí tal confusión que no pude ni dar las gracias — I was so overwhelmed that I couldn't even say thank you
* * *a) (desorden, caos) confusionb) ( perplejidad) confusionc) ( turbación) embarrassmentd) ( equivocación) confusion* * *= confounding, confusion, mix-up [mixup], dislocation, welter, muddle, perplex, turbulence, turmoil, jumble, blurring, clouding, daze, messiness, obfuscation, turbulent waters, puzzle, miasma, snarl, snarl-up, brouhaha, perplexity.Ex. Experience of IT in USA is associated not infrequently with the confounding of confident expectations.Ex. In particular, when one command means one thing in one system and something else in another system this is likely to lead to confusion.Ex. You'll have to call him and tell him there's been a mix-up and that he'll be called as soon as there's another opening.Ex. SDC's ORBIT software is a variation on the ELHILL software used with MEDLINE, so users of that data base can move across to SDC with a minimum of dislocation.Ex. Without language we would go bumping around in the dark and eventually take leave of our senses under the welter of the incomprehensible, withdrawing, as some people do, into a closed world in order to protect ourselves against the unbearable onslaught.Ex. The author attempts to sort out the muddle in which librarians have found themselves = El autor intenta aclarar la confusión en la que se encuentran los bibliotecarios.Ex. The article 'The print perplex' asserts that librarians must deal with a future of mixed print and digital material, since most books will never be in digital form.Ex. The title of the article is 'Survival skills for information professionals in the decade of turbulence'.Ex. China has suffered from over a decade of turmoil which has prevented the development of modern information services.Ex. Compared to this fairly ordered monographic literature, the multiple contents of a collection of periodicals seemed like a terrible jumble.Ex. A major problem for the technician is one of recognition in situations where there is a clouding of identification with clerical staff.Ex. The article 'The daze of future business research' examines changing trends in online business information searching with the rush to the Internet.Ex. Management theorists seem unable to cope with the unpredictability, the multivariate nature and the ' messiness' of human organizations in cultural contexts.Ex. The results has been an ever greater obfuscation of what constitutes the profession of librarianship.Ex. His experience and expertise has guided IFLA members smoothly across what could easily have been turbulent waters = Sus conocimientos y experiencia en la formulación de los Estatutos ha guiado a los miembros de la IFLA sin problemas a través de lo que podrían haber sido fácilmente aguas turbulentas.Ex. We talk heatedly about books that lie beyond our present concerns because these allow us to speculate and often present us with puzzles we want to explore.Ex. The past is often shrouded in a miasma of uncertain memories confounded by missing or incomplete records.Ex. His work is such a snarl of so many different things that it is as endlessly demanding as it is rewarding.Ex. However, taxi is a more advisable option considering the never-ending Bangkok traffic snarl-up, especially during the rush hour.Ex. He believes that most political brouhahas are cooked up to divert the public's attention from the real terrorism.Ex. The combination of perplexity over what is the right mix and apparent inability to represent information activity dynamically is very strong.----* aclarar una confusión = unravel + snarl.* aumentar la confusión = add to + the confusion.* causar confusión = wreak + confusion, cause + confusion.* confusión económica = economic turmoil.* confusión histórica = historical confusion.* de un modo que causa confusión = confusingly.* estado de confusión = state of confusion.* llevar a confusión = lead to + confusion.* que induce a confusión = confounding.* * *a) (desorden, caos) confusionb) ( perplejidad) confusionc) ( turbación) embarrassmentd) ( equivocación) confusion* * *= confounding, confusion, mix-up [mixup], dislocation, welter, muddle, perplex, turbulence, turmoil, jumble, blurring, clouding, daze, messiness, obfuscation, turbulent waters, puzzle, miasma, snarl, snarl-up, brouhaha, perplexity.Ex: Experience of IT in USA is associated not infrequently with the confounding of confident expectations.
Ex: In particular, when one command means one thing in one system and something else in another system this is likely to lead to confusion.Ex: You'll have to call him and tell him there's been a mix-up and that he'll be called as soon as there's another opening.Ex: SDC's ORBIT software is a variation on the ELHILL software used with MEDLINE, so users of that data base can move across to SDC with a minimum of dislocation.Ex: Without language we would go bumping around in the dark and eventually take leave of our senses under the welter of the incomprehensible, withdrawing, as some people do, into a closed world in order to protect ourselves against the unbearable onslaught.Ex: The author attempts to sort out the muddle in which librarians have found themselves = El autor intenta aclarar la confusión en la que se encuentran los bibliotecarios.Ex: The article 'The print perplex' asserts that librarians must deal with a future of mixed print and digital material, since most books will never be in digital form.Ex: The title of the article is 'Survival skills for information professionals in the decade of turbulence'.Ex: China has suffered from over a decade of turmoil which has prevented the development of modern information services.Ex: Compared to this fairly ordered monographic literature, the multiple contents of a collection of periodicals seemed like a terrible jumble.Ex: A major problem for the technician is one of recognition in situations where there is a clouding of identification with clerical staff.Ex: The article 'The daze of future business research' examines changing trends in online business information searching with the rush to the Internet.Ex: Management theorists seem unable to cope with the unpredictability, the multivariate nature and the ' messiness' of human organizations in cultural contexts.Ex: The results has been an ever greater obfuscation of what constitutes the profession of librarianship.Ex: His experience and expertise has guided IFLA members smoothly across what could easily have been turbulent waters = Sus conocimientos y experiencia en la formulación de los Estatutos ha guiado a los miembros de la IFLA sin problemas a través de lo que podrían haber sido fácilmente aguas turbulentas.Ex: We talk heatedly about books that lie beyond our present concerns because these allow us to speculate and often present us with puzzles we want to explore.Ex: The past is often shrouded in a miasma of uncertain memories confounded by missing or incomplete records.Ex: His work is such a snarl of so many different things that it is as endlessly demanding as it is rewarding.Ex: However, taxi is a more advisable option considering the never-ending Bangkok traffic snarl-up, especially during the rush hour.Ex: He believes that most political brouhahas are cooked up to divert the public's attention from the real terrorism.Ex: The combination of perplexity over what is the right mix and apparent inability to represent information activity dynamically is very strong.* aclarar una confusión = unravel + snarl.* aumentar la confusión = add to + the confusion.* causar confusión = wreak + confusion, cause + confusion.* confusión económica = economic turmoil.* confusión histórica = historical confusion.* de un modo que causa confusión = confusingly.* estado de confusión = state of confusion.* llevar a confusión = lead to + confusion.* que induce a confusión = confounding.* * *1 (perplejidad) confusionpara mayor confusión se llaman igual to add to the confusion o to confuse things even more o to make things even more confusing, they have the same name2 (desorden, caos) confusion3 (turbación) embarrassmentsu inesperada declaración de amor la llenó de confusión his unexpected declaration of love filled her with embarrassment o confusion o threw her into confusiontanta amabilidad me produjo una gran confusión I was embarrassed o overwhelmed by so much kindness4 (equivocación) confusionlamentamos la confusión que hubo con la factura we regret the confusion over the invoicesus comentarios se prestan a confusión his comments are open to misinterpretationpara que no haya más confusiones to avoid any further confusion o any more mix-ups* * *
confusión sustantivo femenino
confusión sustantivo femenino
1 (desorden) confusion
2 (error) mistake
' confusión' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
aturdimiento
- barullo
- belén
- desbarajuste
- desconcierto
- desorientación
- embrollo
- folclore
- follón
- obnubilar
- ofuscación
- para
- prestarse
- torre
- turbación
- aquél
- armar
- bochinche
- convulsionar
- desorden
- ése
- éste
- grado
- jaleo
- lío
- mareo
- medio
- sólo
- turbar
English:
brainstorm
- confusion
- disarray
- foul up
- haziness
- mess
- misunderstanding
- mix-up
- quagmire
- rush
- scramble
- shambles
- start
- turmoil
- welter
- add
- disorder
- havoc
- mix
- straighten
* * *confusión nf1. [desorden, lío] confusion;la confusión aumentó con la llegada del cantante the singer's arrival added to the confusion;los ladrones actuaron aprovechando la confusión the thieves took advantage of the confusion;hubo una gran confusión there was great confusion;en su habitación reina la confusión her room is in chaos;existe cierta confusión acerca de lo que realmente quiso decir there is some confusion as to what he really meant3. [error] mix-up;ha habido una confusión there has been a bit of a mix-up;esa frase puede llevar a confusión that phrase could lead to confusion o be misinterpreted* * *f confusion* * ** * *1. (falta de claridad) confusion2. (equivocación) mistake -
66 ELDR
I)(-s, -ar), m. fire; taka eld, drepa (upp) eld, to strike fire: kveikja (upp) eld, to light a fire; bregða (koma, skjóta) eldi í e-t, láta (leggja) eld í e-t, to set fire to, to set on fire; e. varð lauss ok lék skjótt, a fire broke out and spread rapidly; e. hraut af sverðum þeirra, sparks of fire flew from their swords.pp. grown old, worn by age; kvazt e. vera mjök frá úfriði, said that he was too old for fighting.* * *m., gen. ellds, also spelt ellz, [a word that may be taken as a test of Scandin. races; Dan. ild; Swed. äld; for the Teut. nations use the word feuer, fire, which is wanting in Scandin., though used by old Icel. poets, who probably borrowed it from A. S.; on the other hand, Ulf. constantly renders πυρ by fon, Icel. funi, q. v.; in A. S. poetry and in Hel. äled = incendiary occurs a few times, and älan = Lat. urere (Grein and Schmeller); Rask suggests a Finn. origin]:—fire. In cold climates fire and life go together; hence the proverb, eldr er beztr með ýta sonum, ok sólar sýn, fire is best among the sons of men, and the sight of the sun, Hm. 67: in reference to the healing power of fire, eldr tekr við sóttum, fire consumes ( cures) fevers, 138; sá er eldrinn heitastr er á sjálfum brennr, Grett. 136 new Ed.: allit., e. né járn, fire nor iron, Edda 82; hvárki egg né eld, 162; eldr ( sparks of fire) hraut or sverðum þeirra, Flóv. 29; e. þótti af hrjóta er vápnin kómu saman, Sturl. iii. 187, vide Fms. i. 292, vi. 153, vii. 338 (MS. ell), viii. 74, 202, x. 29. Nj. 74, Eluc. 19, 625. 178.β. the eruption of a volcano, Bs. i. 803, 804; jarð-eldr, ‘earth-fire,’ subterranean fire.COMPDS: eldsbruni, eldsdaunn, eldsgangr, eldsglór, eldsgneisti, eldsgólf, eldsgögn, eldshiti, eldskveykja, eldslitr, eldslíki, eldsljós, eldslogi, eldsmatr, eldsneyti, eldsstólpi, eldsuppkváma, eldsvélar, eldsvimr, eldsvirki.II. esp. in plur. a fire on the hearth; the proverbs, við eld skal öl drekka, by the fireside shalt thou drink ale, Hm. 82; allir eldar brenna út um síðir, all fires (beacons) burn out at last (of the death of an aged man): allit., eldr á arni (vide arinn). In the old halls in Scandinavia an oblong hearth was built in the middle of the hall, and the fires kindled were called langeldar, long fires, with an opening in the thatch called ljóri for a chimney; the benches in the hall were ranged on both sides of the langeldar, vide Edda 82 (the hall of king Adils); hence the phrase, bera öl um eld, to hand the ale round the fire, viz. to one’s cup fellow on the opposite bench, Fagrsk. ch. 219, Grett. ch. 10, new Ed. p. 23; elda-skálar vóru stórir á bæjuni, sátu menn við langelda á öptnum, þá voru borð sett fyrir menn fyrir (innan MS. Holm.), sváfu menn upp (út MS. Holm.) frá eldunum, Kristni S. ch. 2; þá vóru görvir eldar stórir eptir endilöngum skálanum, sem í þann tíma var títt, at drekka öl við eld, Bs. i. 42; cp. Orkn., eldar vóru á gólfinu, on the floor, ch. 18, where the fire seems to have been made in a pit (vide eldgróf) in the middle of the floor, cp. also kipti honum upp at pallinum, vide bakeldr: again, at the evening and morning meals people gathered round the ‘meal-fires’ (mál-eldar), hence the phrases, sitja við elda, to sit at the fire; vóru görfir máleldar hvert kveld í elda-skála sem siðr var til, sátu menn löngum við eldana áðr menn gengu til matar, Eb. ch. 52: máleldr, the ‘meal-fire’ or the small fire, is distinguished from langeldr, the great fire, 276; þat var í þann tíma er þeir Snorri sátu við málelda (yfir málborði, v. 1.), ch. 26; höfðu menn orðit vátir ok vóru görvir máleldar (langeldar, v. 1.), Nj. ch. 8; ok er skálabúinn var mettr sat hann við eld, Fs. 6; snýr at dyrum, er menn sátu við langelda ( in the evening), Korm. ch. 15; um kveldit er menn sátu við elda, Orkn. 448: the phrase, sitja milli elda, to sit between two fires, to be in a strait, vide Gm.COMPDS: eldahús, eldaskáli, eldaskára, eldsgörð.III. a beacon, bale-fire, Gs. 18.IV. in old poetry the fire of wounds or of Odin = weapons, the fire of the sea = gold; hauga-eldar, magical fire in old cairns; maur-ildi, a glow-worm; hrævar-eldr, a Will o’ the wisp, ignis fatuus.V. as a prefix to pr. names, Eld-grímr, Eld-járn, Eld-ríð, etc.: in names of places it denotes volcanic ground, Eld-borg, eld-fjall, eld-gjá, etc. -
67 FORS
I)n. vehemence, wrath.(pl. -ar), m. waterfall.* * *1.n. wrath, rage, ire; snúa fors í frið, grimd í grið, 655 xxxii. 24, Bs. ii. 97; með forsi, haughtily, Sturl. iii. 144, Pass. 13. 2; ferr erkibiskup í fors mikit, he fell into great wrath, Fms. xi. 441; fors ok atköst, Fas. iii. 91; fors ok ílska, Stat. 398.COMPDS: forsfullr, forsligr, forsmaðr.2.mod. foss, m., prob. akin to the preceding word and forr, [Swed.-Dan. foss, North. E. force; a test word of Scandin. language and origin; cp. the curious passage in Constant. Porph. De Admin. Imperii, ch. 9, where the Byzantine author gives some names of waterfalls in Russia in two languages, ρωσιστί and σκλαβινιστί (Russian and Slavonic), with a Greek translation; ρωσιστί, a waterfall, being called βορσί or φόρος (e. g. οὐλ-βορσί = Icel. Hólm-fors, βαρου-φόρος = Icel. Báru-fors), whereas σκλαβινιστί it is called πραχ, i. e. porog or prag: Constantine in another passage states that the Russians were Teutonic or ‘Franks:’ the Garðar (Russia Minor) of that time was in fact a Scandin. country; even the name Russia is by some (P. A. Munch) explained as Scandin., afterwards adopted for the whole empire; it was still regarded so by the Byzantine authors of the 10th century, as opposed to Slavonic]:—a ‘force,’ waterfall, Landn. 291, 292; fors mikill er Sarpr heitir, Ó. H. 49, Landn. 277, v. l.: in many local names, Skóga-f. in southern Icel.; Gýgjar-f. in the north (Goða-f. is a corrupt form, cp. Þorláks-kver, p. 288, and Grett. ch. 68, 69, whence the name); Gull-f., Gold-force, a freq. name in western Icel.2. a brook, stream; this sense is curious, and peculiar to the Stj. (by bishop Brand, a native of south-eastern Icel.); it is well suited to the district of Skaptafells-sýsla, where all brooks are torrents rushing from glaciers into the ocean; til forsins Bison, Stj. 387. Judges iv. 13; hann grípr einn stein upp ór forsinum, 227; Davíð tók fimm steina ór einum forsi, 464. 1 Sam. xvii. 40; við forsinn Besor, 490. 1 Sam. xxx. 9; yfir fors Cedron, 527. 2 Sam. xv. 23; af forsi drakk hann á götu, 656 C. 2: in the old poem Vsp. fors is evidently used in the same sense; á sér hón ansask aurgum forsi, 31; falla forsar, 58. This idiom perhaps gives a hint as to the native place of this poem; falla forsum, to fall in torrents, Fas. ii. (in a verse). fors-fall, n. a ‘forcefall,’ torrent, Stj. 32, Ó. H. 17, Fms. iv. 361. -
68 Ναζωραῖος
Ναζωραῖος, ου, ὁ Nazoraean, Nazarene, predominantly a designation of Jesus, in Mt, J, Ac and Lk 18:37, while Mk has Ναζαρηνός (q.v.). Of the two places where the latter form occurs in Lk, the one, Lk 4:34, apparently comes fr. Mk (1:24), the other, 24:19, perh. fr. a special source. Where the author of Lk-Ac writes without influence fr. another source he uses Ναζωραῖος. Mt says expressly 2:23 that Jesus was so called because he grew up in Nazareth. In addition, the other NT writers who call Jesus Ναζωραῖος know Nazareth as his home. But linguistically the transition fr. Ναζαρέτ to Ναζωραῖος is difficult (Dalman, Gramm.2 178; Wlh. on Mt 26:69; MLidzbarski, Mandäische Liturgien 1920, xviff, Zeitschrift für Semitistik 1, 1922, 230ff, Ginza 1925, ixf; FBurkitt, The Syriac Forms of NT Proper Names 1912; AvGall, Βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ 1926 p. 432, 4; cp. 411f; RBultmann, ZNW 24, 1925, 143f, Jesus 1926, 26 [Eng. tr. 24]; HSchaeder in Rtzst. u. Schaeder, Studien zum antiken Synkretismus 1926 p. 308, 2, also TW IV 879–84; Moore below) and it is to be borne in mind that Ναζωραῖος meant someth. different before it was connected w. Nazareth (cp. Orig. Celsus 7, 18, 9f, who calls Jesus ὁ Ναζωραῖος ἄνθρωπος. JSanders, JBL 84, ’65, 169–72 [rev. in: The Gospels and the Scriptures of Israel, ed. CEvans/WStegner ’94, 116–28] interprets Ν. in Mt 2:23 as meaning both ‘coming from Nazareth’ and ‘miraculously born’). The pass. where Jesus is so called are Mt 2:23; 26:69 v.l., 71; Lk 18:37; J 18:5, 7; 19:19; Ac 2:22; 3:6; 4:10; 6:14; 22:8; 26:9. Acc. to Ac 24:5 the Christians were so called; s. Kl. Texte 32 p. 3, ln. 32 and 83 p. 6, lines 8, 17, 27; p. 7, note on ln. 1ff; p. 8, ln. 5; p. 9, ln.17; 23; p. 10, ln. 5; 15; p. 11, ln. 28 and note on ln. 9ff, all passages in which Jewish Christians are called Nazaraei, Nazareni, Ναζωραῖοι.—Laud. Therap. 27 the monks are called ναζιραῖοι (with the v.l. Ναζαραῖοι).—EbNestle, ET 19, 1908, 523f, PM 14, 1910, 349f; HZimmern, ZDMG 74, 1920, 429ff; GMoore, Nazarene and Nazareth: Beginn. I/1, 1920, 426–32 (s. I/5, ’33, 356f); EMeyer II 408f; 423, 2; HGressmann, ZKG 41=n.s. 4, 1922, 166f; WCaspari, ZNW 21, 1922, 122–27; HSmith, Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται: JTS 28, 1927, 60; ELohmeyer, Joh. d. Täufer ’32, p. 115, 2; HSchlier, TRu n.s. 5, ’33, 7f; WOesterley, ET 52, ’41, 410–12; SLyonnet, Biblica 25, ’44, 196–206; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 197–200; WAlbright, JBL 65, ’46, 397–401, also JKennard, Jr., ibid. 66, ’47, 79–81; HShires, ATR 29, ’47, 19–27; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings, ’50, 257–60; BGärtner, Die rätselhafte Termini Nazoräer u. Iskariot ’57, 5–36; ESchweizer, Judentum, Urchrist., Kirche ’60, 90–93; RPesch: The Gospels and the Scriptures of Israel ’94, 178–211.—B-D-F §39, 4; BHHW II, 1293. M-M. EDNT. TW. -
69 AF
of* * *prep. w. dat.I. Of place:1) off, from;G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;land af landi, from one land to the other;hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;2) out of;verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.II. Of time; past, beyond:af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.III. In various other relations:1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;2) off, of;höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;3) of, among;hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;4) with;hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;5) of (= ór which is more frequent);húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;8) by, of (after passive);ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;9) on account of, by reason of, by;úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;af ástæld hans, by his popularity;af því, therefore;af hví, wherefor why;af því at, because;10) by means of, by;framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;af sínu fé, by one’s own means;absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;11) with adjectives, in regard to;mildr af fé, liberal of money;góðr af griðum, merciful;fastr af drykk, close (stingy) in regard to drink;12) used absol. with a verb, off away;hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.* * *prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in loco—á, í, við, and ad locum—á, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in loco—á, or in locum— til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.A. Loc.I. With motion, off, from:1. prop. corresp. to á,α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).II. WITHOUT MOTION:1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.C. In various other relations:I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.2. where an object is taken by force:α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.2. with the notion of—among; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words. -
70 KENNA
* * *(-da, -dr), v.1) to know, recognize (Flosi kenndi Kára, er hann kom í stofuna);2) to know as one’s own, claim (kenna sér land);3) to assign or attribute to one (þá var ok ár um öll lönd, kenndu Svíar þat Frey);kenna e-m barn, to father a child upon one;4) kenna e-m e-t, to lay to one’s charge, impute (ef hann væri sannr verks þessa, er honum var kennt);kenna e-m um e-t, to charge one with a thing (Þorgeirr vildi ekki, at brœðrum hans mætti um kenna);5) to taste food or drink (kenna e-t or e-s);6) to feel, perceive, with acc. and gen. (ek kennda þín eigi, er þú hvíldir á brjósti mér);kenna sætan ilm, to perceive a sweet smell;kenna hita (kulda) af e-u, to feel heat (cold) from;kenna aflsmunar, liðsmunar, to feel the odds;hón kenndi í meira lagi, she felt considerable pain;absol., þá er þeir kómu upp í heiðina, kenndi at brá lit, the colour was felt to change, it began to darken;mér kennir heiptar við e-n, I feel hatred against one;kenna niðr, to touch the bottom (en er skipin kenndu niðr, þá gekk jarl á land);7) to show, bear witness of (virðist mér ákall þetta meirr kenna ranglætis en réttvísi);8) to call, name;kenna e-t við e-n, to call after one (Helgi trúði á Krist, ok kenndi því við hann bústað sinn);9) in poetry, to call by a periphrastic name (hvernig skal kenna sól, vind);10) kenna e-m e-t, to teach one a thing (kenna e-m rétta trú ok góða siðu);ek hefi kennt þér írsku at mæla, I have taught thee to speak Irish;11) to make one do a thing (kenna e-m bíta);12) refl., kennast, to seem, appear (Ulfr kennist mér vitr maðr);recipr., svá var myrkt, at þeir kenndust eigi, that they did not know one another;goldit var honum þetta svá, at hann mun lengi kennast, he was repaid for this in a way that he will long remember;kennast við, to recognize (kenndist hann af því þegar við mennina); to confess, acknowledge (at þeir mætti við kennast sinn lítilleik).* * *d, kennig, Hm. 164; part. kennandisk, Bs. i. 322, H. E. i. 499, Dipl. iv. 8; [Goth. kunnan; A. S. knáwan; Old Engl. and Scot. ken; Dan. kjende; Swed. känna]:—to ken, know, recognise; þú kennir konu þá er heitir Oddný, Fms. vii. 103, Hkv. 2. 12; hann kenndi hann þegar, Nj. 9; Flosi kenndi Kára er hann kom í stofuna, 282; hann kenndi skipit, því at hann hafði þat skip séð fyrr, Eg. 120; þar kenndi Ingimundr lönd þau er honum var til vísat, Landn. 175, Sd. 186; þóttisk hann kenna sitt mark á vísu þessari, Fms. iii. 20: with infin., þeir kenndu at þat var Eirekr viðsjá, Ísl. ii. 335; er þetta hann Skalla-grímr? Grímr sagði at hann kenndi rétt, Eg. 112; kennir þú nökkut til gripa þessara! Nj. 75.II. kenna sér e-t, to know as one’s own, claim; kenna sér land, Grág. ii. 204; hann á eigi þat er hann kennir sér, 219; Ingimundr kenndi sér fimm víntunnur … þú munt kenna þér þat er aðrir menn eigu, Bs. i. 433; því kenndi hvárr-tveggi sér nautin, Landn. 47; at enginn dirfi sik at kenna sér þat er hann görir eigi, Al. 88; ek spyrr hverr sér kenni M. M. at þingmanni, Grág. i. 19.III. to acknowledge as belonging to another, attribute to him; öll vár góðverk eru honum at kenna ok eigna, Stj. 25; þá var ok ár um öll lönd, kenndu Svíar þat Frey, Hkr. i. 16; hér er tunglinu kennt embætti sólarinnar, Skálda 211; k. e-m barn, to father a child upon one, Bs. i. 807, K. Á. 16; var sveinn sá kenndr Jóni er Þórarinn hét, Sturl. i. 223; þó at hann sé kenndr nokkurum manni at syni, Grág. ii. 113, (kenningar-son, a natural son): cp. the phrase, þar er enginn kenndr sem hann kemr ekki, no one is known where he comes not, i. e. men had better keep aloof from where they have no business to be.2. to lay to one’s charge, impute; Ásbjörn kenndi sér völd um þat harðrétti, Rd. 249; Eva kenndi sína synd orminum, Stj. 37; ef þeim eru engir laga-lestir kenndir, Grág. ii. 41; ef meiri eru ráð kennd um konu-nám þeim manni, i. 335; ef hann væri sannr verks þessa er honum var kennt, Fms. ii. 73; Sigurðr taldi þat úsatt sem Ingi konungr kenndi þeim, vii. 242; þeir kenndu honum, at hann hefði verit at vígi Benteins, 224; kenndi þat hvárr öðrum, at ekki héldi þat er mælt var, 248; það er mér að kenna, it is brought home to me; yðr er þat kenna, Am. 51: k. e-m um e-t, to charge one with a thing; Þorgeirr vildi ekki at bræðrum hans mætti um kenna, hvat sem í görðisk, Nj. 252; kenndu þeir því mest um, at Kjartan hafði þegit skikkjuna, Fms. x. 295.IV. to know, perceive, feel, taste, scent; þegar hirðin hafði kennt ( tasted) fyrsta rétt, Fas. iii. 302; þeir kenna svá sætan ilm at þeir höfðu aldri fyrr slíkan kenndan, Fms. i. 228; kenna fúlt, to perceive a foul smell, Hallfred; kenna daun, Fms. viii. 230; þeir brugðu í munn sér ok þóttusk ekki jafnsætt kennt hafa, Fb. i. 539; hundarnir röktu sporin, þvíat þeir kenndu ( got scent of) af hreinstökunum, Ó. H. 152; kenndi djákninn ekki ( he felt not) at þeir lægi á honum, Bs. i. 464; hón kenndi ( she felt pain) í meira lagi, þá er nálgaðisk hátíð Þorláks biskups, 323.β. kenna niðr (or niðri), to touch the bottom; en er skipin kenndu niðr þá gékk jarl á land, Hkr. i. 206; ok er skipit kenndi niðr, hlupu þeir fyrir borð, Grett. 97, Fms. viii. 317, ix. 23; svá var djúpt á bæði borð, at forkarnir kenndu eigi niðr, it was so deep that the boat-hooks did not reach the bottom, Ld. 56; þá er skipit flaut ok eigi kenndi niðr, 78.γ. absol., þá er þeir kómu upp í heiðina, kenndi at brá lit, the colour was felt to change, i. e. it began to darken, Sturl. iii. 217 C; þá kenndi ( one could scent) ór laukinum, Fbr. 215; þá er maðr heilundi er köra (acc. or gen.?) kennir inn til heila-basta, Grág. ii. 91.2. with prepp.; kenna af (á, at), to perceive, see; þess kennir nú at (af?) at þér þykkir ek févani, it is clear that …, I see that …, Eb. 38; kenndi þess mjök á ( it was much to be seen) um marga Upplendinga, at ílla hafði líkat aftaka Þóris, Ó. H. 188; þess kenna margir af, at þú ert frændstórr, Fb. ii. 270; deyr allt þat er af kennir ( all die that taste or smell of it), þeir deyja þegar er þeir kenna af, Rb. 352:—kenna til, to smart, feel pain, ache, freq. in mod. usage.3. with gen. to have feeling of, feel; kenna mæði, lo be exhausted, Eg. 124; hjarta manns kennir alls, Skálda 169; kenna sóttar, to feel sickness; kona kennir sér sóttar, of childbirth, Fs. 26, Fas. ii. 504, Sd. 176: kenna karlmanns, to ‘know’ a man, cohabit with, Mar.; ek kennda eigi karlmanns, barn at bera, Hom. 30; kenna aflsmunar, liðsmunar, ríkismunar, to feel the odds, be overmatched, Hkr. i. 286, Fms. iv. 331, Ld. 38; kenna harðinda, Fms. vi. 110; kenna kulda af e-u, to feel cold from, Eb. 42; k. hita af e-u, Bs. i. 42; k. odds, benja, to feel the point, the wound, Am. 59, 88; virðisk mér ákall þetta meir kenna ranglætis en réttvísi, it is more prompted by overbearing than by justice, Fb. i. 19; hón kenndi þess at þar stóð ör í, ii. 365; nú má vera at mér kenni heiptar við suma menn, that I feel hatred against somebody, Sturl. iii. 233; tók þá at kenna annars litar, it began to grow dark, 171; vínviðr var efst þar sem holta kenndi, the holts were covered with vines, Þorf. Karl. 420; kenna fæðu, to taste food, Stj. 490, 492; but also k. á fæðu, 453, 517; kenna grunns, to touch the bottom, of a ship or anything afloat, Grág. ii. 353; k. endi-skeiðs, Bragi.V. to call, name; kenna e-t við e-n, to call after one; Helgi trúði á Krist, ok kenndi því við hann bústað sinn, i. e. called it after Christ (Christness), Landn. 207; í þeim fjórðungi er dómrinn er við kenndr, in the quarter by which name the court is called, Grág. i. 65; at helga Þór allt landnám sitt ok kenna við hann, Landn. 97; k. mánuðinn við þann mann sem vatnsins gætir, Rb. 104; við þann er kennt Gunnars-holt, Nj. 29; Oddbjörn er Oddbjarnar-leið er við kennd, Eg. 102; Fleiri hlupu þeir fyrir berg, þar sem við þá er kennt síðan, Landn. 36; kenna þá með margfjölda atkvæði, address them in the plural, Sks. 312; sá var kenndr ( nicknamed) Knarrar-smiðr Ór, 43; Nótt en Nörvi kennda, i. e. Night, the daughter of Norvi, Alm. 30; hvar eru Hjörvarði haugar kenndir, where are the hows called Hjorward’s? Fas. i. 519 (in a verse); Mæringr mér of kenndr, my own sword M., Bjarn. (in a verse); hlutir er þú skal varask, at þú verðir eigi við kenndr, Sks. 358, 780; kenndr við styr, morð, connected with, Korm.2. in poetry, to call by a periphrasis or descriptive name; rétt er at kenna ( to call) hana (a woman) svá, at kalla hana selju þess er hón miðlar, Edda; hvernig skal kenna Þór?—Svá at kalla hann son Óðins …, how is Thor to be called?—Thus, call him the ‘son of Odin,’ 53: hvernig skal kenna mann?—Hanna skal k. við verk sín, 67: with prep., kona er kennd við stein, Edda; ok kenn þó hvárn til sinnar iðnar, Fms. vi. 362; konu skal k. til alls kvenn-búnaðar, Edda, etc., see Edda (Skáldskm.) passim; hence kennd heiti ( compound or circumlocutory names), opp. to ókennd heiti ( plain appellatives), Edda 49.B. In a causal sense, [Goth. kannjan = γνωρίζειν]:—to teach, with acc. of the thing, dat. of the person, or with infin. of the thing or absol.; kenna e-m íþróttir, Fms. v. 334; kenna e-m rétta trú ok góða siðu, i. 17; kenn mér engan sann, iii. 85; Gunnarr fór með öllu sem honum var ráð til kennt, as he was taught, Nj. 100; kenn þú ráðit til, Fms. x. 334; kenna e-m at flýja, Hkr. i. 149; ek hefi kennt þér Írsku at mæla, Ld. 72; kenna helgar ritningar, 623. 18; þing-kenna, to proclaim in public, N. G. L. i. 7; far sem ek kenni þér, as I tell thee, Sd. 182; ek em sunr Áka, svá er mér til kennt, so I am told, Fms. xi. 153.2. to teach in school; Andresi syni þeirra lét Herra biskup kenna ok vígði síðan, Bs. i. 716; kenna kenningar, to preach, 140; þá heyrði hann til er prestlingum var kennd íþrótt sú er grammatica heitir, 163; k. prestlingum, id.; þat kann ek it átjánda er ek æva kennig mey né manns konn, Hm. 164; ungr kenndak mér annat, I was taught otherwise when young, Fms. vi. 401 (in a verse); slíkt kennir mér at sofa lítið, Fas. ii. (in a verse).3. to teach, make one to do; kenna e-m falda rauðu, Edda (Ht.); kenna e-m bíta, lúta í gras, Lex. Poët.; kenna e-m at drúpa, Sighvat; k. e-m brautir, to shew one the way, Hðm. 12, Hbl. 56; ek mun þér stöðna kenna, 6.4. to tell; kennit mér nafn konungs, Hkv. Hjörv. 12.C. REFLEX. to feel, seem to oneself; þar er hann lætr kennask svá ágætan ilm, Fms. i. 229; Úlfr kennisk mér ( appears to one to be) vitr maðr, v. 334:—with prep., kennask við, to recognise; kenndisk hann af því þegar við mennina, Nj. 267, Bret. 48; ef engi kennisk viðr, N. G. L. i. 345; dilkunum þeim er eigi kennask ær við, Grág. ii. 312: to confess, kennask við sannan Guð, 625. 66; þeir eigu at kennask við sik, at þeir hafa vald af Guði, Gþl. 43; at þeir mætti við kennask sinn lítilleik, Edda. (pref.); ekki kennumk ek við þetta, segir Hrói, Fb. ii. 76; nefndr Skeggi viðr-kenndisk, at …, Dipl. ii. 8; nú em ek eigi svá heimskr maðr, at ek kennumk eigi við at ek hefi talat ílla, Fms. ii. 33; goldit var honum þetta svá, at hann mun lengi kennask, feel it, remember it, Edda. 30; kenndisk svá Kálfr, at, Vm. 48; ek kennumst með þessu mínu bréfi, at …, Dipl. v. 5.2. to feel, taste, touch; mold sýnisk mér, ok svá kennisk ( tastes) mér eigi síðr ostrinn er ek et, Ísl. ii. 352; hón þreifar um hann,—Barði mælti, hvé kennisk þér til, how is it to the touch? 342; slíks ek mest kennumk, Am. 52.II. recipr. to know, recognise one another; svá var myrkt at þeir kenndusk eigi, Fms. ix, 50; ef þeir höfðu hér áðr við kennsk, Grág. ii. 72.III. pass., þá kenndust ( were taught) margar ástir, Edda pref. (rare).IV. part. kenndr, vinsæll ok vel kenndr af sínum undirmönnum, Mar.; ílla kenndr, having ill report, Fs. 49.2. tipsy; kenndr af drykk, Stj. 172; hann er dálítið kenndr. -
71 MJÓR
(mjó, mjótt), a.1) thin, slender, slim; mjótt band, a slender cord;2) pointed (m. knífsoddr);* * *adj., fem. mjó, neut. mjótt, with a characteristic v, which reappears before a vowel, thus mjóvan, mjóvar, mjóvir, mjóvum; often spelt with f, mjófan, etc.; in mod. usage by elision, mjóan, etc. The forms vary in three ways, mjór, mjár, mær, analogous to sjór, sjár, sær, α. mjár, mjá, mjátt; mjá (acc. n. pl.), Stj. 201, and foot-note 21; mjár farvegr, Fms. ix. 366, v. l.; mjátt, Js. 55, Thom. 153; miaua (= mjáva) vatni, D. N. i. 81. β. mær; mævar skeiðir, the slim, narrow ships, Fms. i. 170 (in a verse),—certainly thus, not as explained in Lex. Poët. p. 567, col. 1; as also mævar hlaupsíldr, the slim herrings, in Eyvind’s verse (Hkr. i. 185); in me-fingr = mæ-fingr = mjó-fingr, taper-fingered, epithet of a lady, Hðm.: af þeim meiði er mer (i. e. mær) sýndisk, of the twig which was slim to behold, Vsp.; in the spelling of Cod. Reg. of Sæm. Edda e, ę, or æ are freq. all written with the letter e, so that mér ( mihi) and mær ( tenuis) would all be spelt alike; this reading was suggested as early as by Rask in the edition of 1818, see Bugge’s remarks in Philol. Tidsskr. 6th vol.: in Mæv-eið (= the narrow isthmus) in Shetland, Mk. 98, called Mawid in a Videsse of 1516 A. D.; at present Mawie or Mavis-grind, as opp. to another isthmus called Brae, i. e. Breið-eið = the Broad isthmus; cp. also Moorness = the little ness, in Shetl.II. compar., an older form mjóvari, mjávari, Ýt.; superl. mjóvastr, but obsolete, and replaced by a contracted mjóri, mjóstr, in mod. usage mjórri, mjóstr.B. Thin, slim, taper; svá mjó, so slim in the waist, Bs. ii. 168; mjórar konu, Bjarn. (in a verse); mjóva mey, Korm.; mjótt band, Edda 20; mjór kvistr, Fas. iii. 33; með mjófu járni, Fær. 238; mjór Mistilteinn, Vsp.; mjófum knífsoddi, Fs. 144; mjófum fléttingum, Karl. 335; yxn mjá ok mjök visin, Stj. 201; þar sem hann var mjóstr, Fms. vii. 264:—of cloth, stiku breið en eigi mjóri, Grág. i. 498; jaðarflá vara eðr mjó, 499; sitja mjótt, Band. 38 new Ed.: sayings, mjór er mikils vísir, Fms. v. 176 (in a verse); mjótt er mundangs-hóf, Bs. i. (in a verse), Js. 55 (mjátt).2. narrow; stigrinn var mjór ok þröngr, Fær. 48; skipit var heldr mjótt, Fms. ii. 50; mjótt sund, Grett. 83; mjór farvegr, Fms. ix. 366; grafir djúpari ok mjóri, Sks. 426: a nickname, Mjóvi, the Slim, or en Mjóva. II. in local names, Mjóvi-dalr, Mjóvi-fjörðr, Mjóva-nes, Mjó-sund or Mý-syndi, Dan. Mysunde in Slesvig; Mæv-eið, Munch’s Norg. Beskr.C. COMPDS: mjó-beina or mjó-beinn, adj. slim leg, a nickname, Landn., Korm. mjó-eygr, adj. narrow-eyed, of one whose eyes are set close together, Eb. 258, see the remarks s. v. auga. mjóf-dœlingr, m. a man from Mjóvidalr, Landn. mjó-fingraðr, adj. taper-fingered, Rm. (Bugge), of a lady. mjó-hljóðaðr, adj. thin-voiced. mjó-hryggr, m. the small of the back. mjó-hundr, m. [Dan. mynde], a greyhound, Sks. 81. mjó-leitr, adj. narrow-faced, referring to the distance between the eyes, Bergb.-þ. 124, Fas. ii. 118. mjó-nefr, adj. thin nose, a nickname for a close man, Ó. H. 31. mjó-skíð, n. the slim wand, for this must be the true reading in the verse in Bjarn., the miðskipa of the MSS. = miôsciþa; and mjóskið rökra = the slim twilight wand, = a taper, is a poët. circumlocution of a lady’s name, Ey-kyndill (= Island-taper), mjó-slegin, part. beaten thin. Fas. ii. 581. mjó-syndi, n. a narrow sound, straight lane, see above. -
72 MÖRK
* * *I)(gen. merkr, pl. merkr), f. mark, by weight or value, = eight ounces (átta aurar).(gen. markar and merkr, pl. markir and merkr), f. forest.pl. from mark, march, border.* * *1.f., gen. sing. merkr, pl. merkr, [a word common to all Teut. languages]:—a mark, in weight equal to eight ounces or half a pound; twenty merkr make a fjórðung, q. v.; eighty merkr = a vætt; þat er lögpundari at átta fjórðungar eru í vætt, en tuttugu merkr skolu í fjórðungi vera, Grág. i. 499.2. a mark, by weight or value, of gold and silver, eight ounces (átta aurar) go to a mark, 732. 16; mörk silfrs, mörk gulls, þrim mörkum gulls, Fms. vii. 235, Grág., Sagas passim; mörk vegins silfrs, O. H. L. 23; gullhringa ok stóð mörk hvárr, Eg. 464: often used absol. so that the standard can only be seen from the context, verðr hann útlagr þrem mörkum, Grág. i. 16, 132; varðar honum þat sex merkr, tólf merkr, 319; varðar þat þriggja marka sekð, 499; hversu mikit fé er þetta? hann sagði hundrað marka, Nj. 4; Áðalsteinn vill gefa skilling manni hverjum frjálsbornum, en mörk sveitar-höfðingja hverjum, Eg. 280; hann skal gjalda hálfa mörk fyrir eyri, Grág. i. 208; þrjú hundruð hundraða eptir forngildu marka-tali, Dipl. v. 20; svá mikit ofa-fé at trautt kom marka-tali á, Fær. 11; hann var svá auðigr af gulli at engi vissi marka-tal, Fms. vi. 176; merkr-kaup, a purchase to the amount of a mörk, Gþl. 497; merkr-þjófr, a theft to the value of a mark, N. G. L. i. 326; merkr stykki, a piece amounting to a mark, H. E. ii. 188. As to the standard, the value of a mörk varied at different times and in different countries, see esp. Mr. Dasent’s Essay in Burnt Njal. In Icel. the confusion was made still greater, by the fact that (as remarked s. v. eyrir) the word mörk was also used of the wadmal standard (the ell of wadmal), and so the law speaks of a mörk vaðmála, Grág. i. 500; mörk sex … álna aura, etc., K. Þ. K. 70, 172, but this is a contradiction in terms, for mörk is a weight, not a measure: the real meaning is often only to be made out by the context, e. g. in questions of weregild the weighed mark is no doubt meant.II. of fluid, a pint, viz. half a pottr; in mod. usage all fluids and vessels holding fluids are thus measured, tveggja, þriggja … marka askr.2.f., gen. markar, but merkr, Fas. ii. 512; dat. mörk: pl. markir, Fs. 100, Ó. H. 80, 142, Hkr. i. 55; later merkr, Fb. i. 134, Fms. viii. 31; [akin to mark, q. v.]:—a forest; (prop. a march-land, border-land, see mark, marka; in olden times vast and dense forests often formed the border-land between two countries; cp. for Scandinavia, Sverr. S. ch. 12, 13; fóru þeir nú austr á markirnar, Fs. 100; austr um markir ok svá til Gautlands, Ó. H. 80; hann ruddi markir ok bygði þar sem nú heitir Jamtaland, 142); eyða annars manns mörk Gþl. 79; þeir er mörk eigu saman, 445; markar spell or spjöll, damage done to a forest, 368, Jb. 235; gengu þeir til merkrinnar, Fas. ii. 512; varð fyrir þeim mörk stór, Edda 28; á mörkinni, Fb. iii. 403; er þér ok heimil vár mörk sem þú villt höggva láta, Fs. 27; ryðja markir, ryðja mörkina ok brenna, to clear forests, Hkr. i. 55; fundusk þá víða í mörkunum skóglaus lönd, … brjóta vegu um markir, mýrar ok fjallvegu, id.; þá lagðisk hann út á merkr ok veiddi dýr, Fb. i. 134; stórar mýrar ok þröngar merkr, Fms. viii. 31; Sverrir konungr skyldi fara yfir mikit vatn í einni mörk, … á inni mestu mörkinni, 32; eyði-mörk, a wilderness.II. the word is freq. in Northern names of places; Mörk is used of Finnmarken, Finn-mörk, Eg. ch. 14; Þórólfr fór víða um Mörkina, Eg. 41; Þórólfr fór þenna vetr enn um Mörkina ok átti kaupstefnu við Finna, 56; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á Mörkina 58: Markir, f. pl. the Markland between Sweden and southern Norway, Fb. iii; whence Marka-menn, Marchmen, Fms. passim; cp. the Marcomanni of Tacitus, Die Mark in Germany. When the woodlands were cleared and turned into fields the name remained, thus in Danish mark means a field, open space:—in local names, Dan-mörk Þórs-mörk, a woodland in southern Icel. sacred to Thor; a few farms in southern Icel. are called Mörk, Nj., Landn., different from Holt: in Norse counties, Heið-mörk, Þela-mörk, Vingul-mörk, Finn-mörk. marka-menn, m. pl. robbers, outlaws (cp. Icel. skógarmaðr), Grett 118 A. -
73 ऋषि
ṛíshim. (2. ṛish Comm. on Uṇ. IV, 119 ;
ṛishatijñānenasaṉsāra-pāram T. ;
perhaps fr. an obsolete ṛish for dṛiṡ, « to seeᅠ ?» cf. ṛishi-kṛit),
a singer of sacred hymns, an inspired poet orᅠ sage, any person who alone orᅠ with others invokes the deities in rhythmical speech orᅠ song of a sacred character
(e.g.. the ancient hymn-singers Kutsa, Atri., Rebha, Agastya, Kuṡika, Vasishṭha, Vy-aṡva) RV. AV. VS. etc.. ;
the Ṛishis were regarded by later generations as patriarchal sages orᅠ saints, occupying the same position in India history as the heroes andᅠ patriarchs of other countries, andᅠ constitute a peculiar class of beings in the early mythical system,
as distinct from gods, men, Asuras, etc. AV. X, 10, 26 ṠBr. AitBr. KātySr. Mn. etc.. ;
they are the authors orᅠ rather seers of the Vedic hymns
i.e. according to orthodox Hindū ideas they are the inspired personages to whom these hymns were revealed,
andᅠ such an expression as « the Ṛishi says» is equivalent to « so it stands in the sacred text» ;
seven Ṛishis, saptaṛishayaḥ, orᅠ saptaṛishayaḥ orᅠ saptarshayaḥ, are often mentioned in the Brāhmaṇas andᅠ later works as typical representatives of the character andᅠ spirit of the pre-historic orᅠ mythical period;
in ṠBr. XIV, 5, 2, 6 their names are given as follows, Gotama, Bharadvāja, Viṡvā-mitra, Jamadagni, Vasishṭha, Kaṡyapa, andᅠ Atri;
in MBh. XII, Marīci, Atri., Aṇgiras, Pulaha, Kratu, Pulastya, Vasishṭha are given as the names of the Ṛishis of the first Manvantara, andᅠ they are alsoᅠ called Prajāpatis orᅠ patriarchs;
the names of the Ṛishis of the subsequent Manv-antaras are enumerated in Hariv. 417 ff. ;
afterwards three other names are added, viz. Pracetas orᅠ Daksha, Bhṛigu, andᅠ Nārada, these ten being created by Manu Svāyambhuva for the production of all other beings including gods andᅠ men ĀṡvṠr. MBh. VP. etc.. ;
in astron. the seven Ṛishis form the constellation of « the Great Bear» RV. X, 82, 2 AV. VI, 40, 1 ṠBr. ĀṡvGṛ. MBh. etc.. ;
(metaphorically the seven Ṛishis may stand for the seven senses orᅠ the seven vital airs of the body VS. XXXIV ṠBr. XIV KātyṠr.);
a saint orᅠ sanctified sage in general, an ascetic, anchorite (this is a later sense;
sometimes three orders of these are enumerated,
viz. Devarshis, Brahmarshis, andᅠ Rājarshis;
sometimes seven, four others being added,
viz. Maharshis, Paramarshis, Ṡrutarshis, andᅠ Kāṇdarshis)
Mn. IV, 94; XI, 236 Ṡak. Ragh. etc.. ;
the seventh of the eight degrees of Brāhmans Hcat. ;
a hymn orᅠ Mantra composed by a Ṛishi;
the Veda Comm. on MBh. and Pat. ;
a symbolical expression for the number seven;
the moon;
an imaginary circle;
a ray of light L. ;
the fish Cyprinus Rishi L. ;
<cf. Hib. arsan, « a sage, a man old in wisdom» ;
arrach, « old, ancient, aged» >,
- ऋषिकल्प
- ऋषिकुल्या
- ऋषिकृत्
- ऋषिगण
- ऋषिगिरि
- ऋषिगुप्त
- ऋषिचान्द्रायण
- ऋषिचोदन
- ऋषिच्छन्दस्
- ऋषिजाङ्गलिकी
- ऋषितर्पण
- ऋषितीर्थ
- ऋषित्व
- ऋषिदेव
- ऋषिदेश
- ऋषिद्रोण
- ऋषिद्विष्
- ऋषिपञ्चमी
- ऋषिपतन
- ऋषिपुत्र
- ऋषिपुत्रक
- ऋषिप्रशिष्ट
- ऋषिप्रोक्ता
- ऋषिबन्धु
- ऋषिब्राह्मण
- ऋषिमण्डल
- ऋषिमनस्
- ऋषिमुख
- ऋषियज्ञ
- ऋषिलोक
- ऋषिवत्
- ऋषिशृङ्ग
- ऋषिश्राद्ध
- ऋषिषह्
- ऋषिषाण
- ऋषिष्टुत
- ऋषिसंहिता
- ऋषिसत्तम
- ऋषिसाह्वय
- ऋषिस्तोम
- ऋषिस्वर
- ऋषिस्वाध्याय
- ऋषीवत्
- ऋषीवह
-
74 ἐπί
ἐπί, Thess. (before τ)Aἐτ IG9(2).517.14
(iii B. C.), Prep. with gen., dat., and acc., to denote the being upon or supported upon a surface or point.A WITH GEN.:I of Place,1 with Verbs of Rest, upon,καθέζετ' ἐ. θρόνου Il.1.536
;ἧστο.. ὑψοῦ ἐπ' ἀκροτάτης κορυφῆς 13.12
;ἐ. πύργου ἔστη 16.700
;κεῖται ἐ. χθονός 20.345
: without a Verb expressed, ἔγχεα ὄρθ' ἐ. σαυρωτῆρος (sc. σταθέντα)ἐλήλατο 10.153
; ἔκλαγξαν ὀϊστοὶ ἐπ' ὤμων the arrows on his shoulders, 1.46; ἐ. γῆς, opp. ὑπὸ γῆς, Pl.Lg. 728a: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, as on a chariot, a horse, a ship, φεύγωμεν ἐφ' ἵππων on our chariot, Il.24.356;οὐκ ἂν ἐφ' ὑμετ έρων ὀχέων.. ἵκεσθον 8.455
;ἄγαγε.. δῶρ' ἐπ' ἀπήνης 24.447
;ἐπὶ τῆς ἁμάξης.. ὠχέετο Hdt.1.31
;ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων ὀχεῖσθαι X.Cyr.4.5.58
;οὓς κῆρες φορέουσι.. ἐ. νηῶν Il.8.528
;πέμπειν τινὰς ἐ. τριήροιν X.HG5.4.56
, etc.;ἐπ' ὤμου.. φέρειν Od.10.170
; τὴν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ to carry the key about on his person, Numen. ap. Eus.PE14.7; βαδιοῦνται ἐ. δυοῖν σκελοῖν, ἐφ' ἑνὸς πορεύσονται σκέλους, Pl.Smp. 190d; ἐπ' ἄκρων ὁδοιπορεῖν walk on tiptoe, S.Aj. 1230; of places, upon, if the place is an actual support,νέρθε κἀπὶ γῆς ἄνω Id.OT 416
; ἐ. τοῦ εὐωνύμον on the left, ἐ. τῶν πλευρῶν on the flanks, X.An.1.8.9,3.2.36; but most freq., in, rarely in Hom., ἐπ' ἀγροῦ in the country. Od. 1.190;γᾶς ἐ. ξένας S.OC 1705
(lyr.);νήσου τῆσδ' ἐφ' ἧς ναίει Id.Ph. 613
;ἐ. ξένας δμωῒς ἐπ' ἀλλοτρίας πόλεος E.Andr. 137
(lyr.);οἱ ἐ. Θρᾴκης σύμμαχοι Th.5.35
;τοὺς ἐ. τῆς Ἀσίας κατοικοῦντας Isoc.12.103
; ἐπ' οἰκήματος κατίσαι, καθῆσθαι, in a brothel, Hdt.2.121.έ, Pl. Chrm. 163b;τοὺς ἐ. τῶν οἰκημάτων καθεζομένους Aeschin.1.74
;ἐ. τῶν ἐργαστηρίων καθίζειν Isoc.7.15
; μένειν ἐ. τῆς αὐτῶν (sc. χώρας ) remain in statu quo, Indut. ap. Th.4.118;οἱ ἐπ' ἐρημίας λῃστεύοντες Jul. Or.7.210a
; later of towns,ἐπ' Ἀλεξανδρείας BGU908.16
(ii A.D.), etc.; sts. also, at or near, ἐπ' αὐτάων (sc. τῶν πηγῶν) Il.22.153;κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Ποσιδηΐου Hdt.7.115
; αἱ ἐ. Λήμνου ἐπικείμεναι νῆσοι off Lemnos, ib.6 codd.; τὰ ἐ. Θρᾴκης the Thrace- ward region, Th.1.59, cf. IG12.45.17, etc.; ποταμοὶ ἐφ' ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι.. on, i.e. near which.., X.An.2.5.18; ἐ. τῶν τραπεζῶν at the money-changers' tables, Pl.Ap. 17c; in Geom., αἱ ἐφ' ὧν AA BB [ γραμμαί] the lines AA BB, Arist.EN 1132b6, etc.; ἕλιξ ἐφ' ἇς τὰ ΑΒΓΔ a spiral ABCD, Archim.Spir.13 (cf. B.1.1k); also ἐ. τοῦ βάτου in the passage concerning the bush, Ev.Marc.12.26.2 in various relations not strictly local, μένειν ἐ. τῆς ἀρχῆς remain in the command, X.Ages.1.37; μένειν ἐ. τινος abide by it, D.4.9; ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων, ἐ. τοῦ πολεμεῖν εἶναι, to be engaged in.., Id.15.11, Prooem.1; ἐ. ὀνόματος εἶναι bear a name, Id.39.21;ἔχεται πόλις ἐ. νόσου S.Ant. 1141
(lyr.).b of ships, ὁρμεῖν ἐπ' ἀγκύρας ride at (i.e. in dependence upon an) anchor, Hdt.7.188; ἐ. προσπόλου μιᾶς χωρεῖν dependent upon an attendant, S.OC 746.c with the personal and reflexive Pron., once in Hom.,εὔχεσθε.. σιγῇ ἐφ' ὑμείων Il.7.195
; later mostly with [ per.] 3rd pers., ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν κεῖσθαι by themselves, Hdt.2.2, cf. 8.32;οἰκέειν κώμην Id.5.98
;ἐ. σφῶν αὐτῶν αὐτόνομοι οἰκεῖν Th.2.63
;ἵζεσθαι Hdt.9.17
;ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν πλεῖν Th.8.8
; ἐπ' ὑμέων αὐτῶν βαλέσθαι consider it by yourselves, Hdt.3.71, etc.;αὐτὴ ἐφ' αὑτῆς σκοποῦσα Th.6.40
; ; ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν διαλέγονται speak in a dialect of their own, Hdt. 1.142; alsoαὐτοὶ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν χωρεῖν X. An.2.4.10
; , cf. Sph. 217c; τὸ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν μόνον προορώμενοι considering their own interest only, th.1.17.d with numerals, to denote the depth of a body of soldiers, ἐ. τεττάρων ταχφῆναι to be drawn up four deep, four in file, X.An.1.2.15, etc.; ἐ. πεντήκοντα ἀσπίδων συνεστραμμένοι, of the Thebansat Leuctra, Id.HG 6.4.12; ἐπ' ὀλίγων τεταγμένοι, i.e. in a long thin line, Id.An.4.8.11; ; ἐφ' ἑνὸς ἄγειν in single file, X.Cyr.2.4.2, cf. An.5.2.6; rarely of the length of the line,ἐ. τεσσάρων ταξάμενοι τὰς ναῦς Th.2.90
; in X.,ἐγένοντο τὸ μέτωπον ἐ. τριακοσίων.. τὸ δὲ βάθος ἐφ' ἑκατόν Cyr.2.4.2
; πλεῖν ἐ. κέρως, ἐ. κέρας, v. infr. c.1.3; ἐ. φάλαγγος γίγνεται τὸ στράτευμα is formed in column, An.4.6.6, etc. (but in E.Ph. 1467, ἀσπίδων ἔπι is merely in or under arms): hence, generally, ἐ. ὀκτὼ πλίνθων τὸ εὖρος eight bricks wide, X.An.7.8.14.e c. gen. pers., before, in presence of,ἐ. μαρτύρων.. πράσσεταί τι Antipho 2.3.8
;ἐξελέγχεσθαι ἐ. πάντων D.25.36
; so, before a magistrate or official,ἐ. τοῦ στρατηγοῦ POxy. 38.11
(i A.D.), cf. UPZ71.15 (ii B.C.), Ev.Matt.28.14;γράψομαί σε ἐ. Ῥαδαμάνθυος Luc.Cat.18
;τινὰ εἰς δίκην καὶ κρίσιν ἐ. τῶν στρατοπέδων προκαλεῖν Jul.Or.1.30d
;πίστεις δοῦναι ἐ. θεῶν D.H.5.29
; but ἐπὶ δικασταῖς is f.l. in D.19.243 (leg. ἔπη).f with Verbs of perceiving, observing, judging, etc., in the case of,ἐπὶ νούσων παντοίων ἐπύθοντο Emp.112.10
;ὁρᾶν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.3.9.3
;αἰσθάνεσθαί τι ἐ. τινος Pl.R. 406c
, etc.;τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν ἐ. τινος Hyp.Eux.32
;τὰ συμβόλαια ἐ. τῶν νόμων σκοπεῖν D.18.210
; ἐπ' αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει ib.233, cf. 25.2 (v.l.);ἐφ' ἑνός τι παριδεῖν Lycurg.64
;τὰς ἐναντιώσεις ἐ. μὲν τῶν λόγων τηροῦντες, ἐ. δὲ τῶν ἔργων μὴ καθορῶντες Isoc.13.7
;οὐδεὶς ἐφ' αὑτοῦ τὰ κακὰ συνορᾷ Men.631
;ἀγνοεῖν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.2.3.2
; also with Verbs of speaking, on a subject,λέγειν ἐ. τινος Pl.Chrm. 155d
, R. 524e, etc.;ἐπιδεῖξαί τι ἐ. τινος Isoc.8.109
; .3 implying Motion:a where the sense of motion is lost in the sense of being supported, ὀρθωθεὶς.. ἐπ' ἀγκῶνος having raised himself upon his elbow, Il.10.80;ἐ. μελίης.. ἐρεισθείς 22.225
;τὴν μὲν.. καθεῖσεν ἐ. θρόνου 18.389
.b in a pregnant sense, denoting the goal of motion (cf.εἰς A.1.2
,ἐν A.1.8
), νῆα.. ἐπ' ἠπείροιο ἔρυσσαν drew the ship upon the land and left it there, 1.485; περάαν νήσων ἔπι carry to the islands and leave there, 21.454, cf.22.45;ἐ. τῆς γῆς καταπίπτειν X.Cyr.4.5.54
; ἀναβῆναι ἐ. τῶν πύργων ib.7.1.39;ἐπ' Ἀβύδου ἀφικομέναις Th.8.79
(v.l.); freq. of motion towards or (in a military sense) upon a place,προτρέποντο μελαινάων ἐ. νηῶν Il.5.700
;τρέσσε.. ἐφ' ὁμίλου 11.546
(but νήσου ἔ. Ψυρίης νέεσθαι to go near Psyria, Od.3.171); ἐπ' οἴκου ἀπελαύνειν, ἀναχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρεῖν, homewards, Hdt.2.121.δ, Th.1.30,87, etc.; also with names of places,ἰέναι ἐ. Κυζίκου Hdt.4.14
;πλεῖν ἐ. Χίου Id.1.164
, cf. 168; ἀποπλεῖν ἐπ' αἰγύπτου ib. 1;ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἐ. Θεσσαλίης Id.5.64
; ὁ κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Παγασέων φέρων the bay that leads to Pagasae, Id.7.193; ἡ ἐ. βαβυλῶνος ὁδός the road leading to B., X.Cyr. 5.3.45, cf.An.6.3.24.c metaph., ἐ. γνώμης τινὸς γίγνεσθαι come to an opinion, D.4.7;ἐπ' ἐλπίδος γενέσθαι Plu.Sol.14
; ὡς ἐ. κινδύνου as if to meet danger, Th.6.34;ἐ. τοῦ ἀλύπως ζῆν
with a view to..,Pl.
Prt. 358b; cf. infr. B. 111.2.II of Time, in the time of,ἐ. προτέρων ἀνθρώπων Il.5.637
,23.332;ἐ. Κρόνου Hes.Op. 111
; ἐ. Κέκροπος, ἐ. Δαρείου, etc., Hdt.8.44,6.98, etc.;ἐ. τῶν τριάκοντα Lys.13.2
;ὀλιγαρχία ἡ ἐ. τῶν τετρακοσίων καταστᾶσα Isoc.8.108
; ἐ. τούτου τυραννεύοντος, ἐ. Λέοντος βασιλεύοντος, ἐ. Μήδων ἀρχόντων, etc., Hdt.1.15,65, 134, etc.;ἐ. τῆς ἐμῆς βασιλείας Isoc.3.32
; ἐπ' ἐμεῦ in my time, Hdt.1.5, 2.46, etc.;ἡ εἰρήνη ἡ ἐπ' Ἀνταλκίδου D.20.54
, cf. X.HG5.1.36;αἱ ἐπ' Ἀσδρούβα γενόμεναι ὁμολογίαι Plb.3.15.5
; ἐπ' εἰρήνης in time of peace, Il.2.797, 9.403;ἐπ' ἐμῆς νεότητος Ar.Ach. 211
(lyr.);ἐ. Λάχητος καὶ τοῦ προτέρου πολέμου Th.6.6
; ἐπ' ἡμέρης ἑκάστης v.l. for -ῃ -τῃ in Hdt.5.117.b later ἐ. δείπνου at dinner, Luc.Asin.3; ἐ. τῆς τραπέζης, ἐφ' ἑκάστης κύλικος, Plu.Alex.23; ἐ. τῆς κύλικος, ἐ. τοῦ ποτηρίου, Luc.Pisc.34, Plu.Alex.53.III in various causal senses:1 over, of persons in authority,ἐπ' οὗ ἐτάχθημεν Hdt.5.109
; οἱ ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων the public officers, D.18.247; freq. in forged decrees, ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὅπλων στρατηγός ib.38; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, τῶν ἱππέων, ib.116; ὁ ἐ. τῆς διοικήσεως ib.38 (but cf. c. 111.3); τοῦ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν is f.l. in Lys. 32.5;ὁ ἐ. τῆς χώρας στρατηγός Plu.Phoc.32
;οἱ ἐ. τῶν σιτοποιῶν καὶ μαγείρων Id.Alex.23
;ὁ ἐ. τοῦ οἴνου Id.Pyrrh.5
; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τοῦ Ὄθωνος, = Lat. ab epistulis, his secretary, Id.Oth.9; cf. B. 111.6.2 κεκλῆσθαι ἐ. τινος to be called after him, Hdt.4.45;ἐ. τινος μετονομασθῆναι Id.1.94
:ἐ. τινος τὰς ἐπωνυμίας ἔχειν Id.4.107
; ἐ. τινος ἐπώνυμος γίγνεσθαι ib. 184; alsoἐπ' ὀνόματος καλεῖν Plb.5.35.2
.3 of occasions, circumstances, and conditions, οὐκ ἐ. τούτου μόνον, ἀλλ' ἐ. πάντων, on all occasions, D.21.38, cf. 183;ἐφ' ἑκάστων Pl.Phlb. 25e
;ἐφ' ἑκατέρου Id.Tht. 159c
;ἐφ' ἑκάστης μαντείας D.21.54
; ἐπ' ἐξουσίας καὶ πλούτου πονηρὸν εἶναι in.. ib.138; ἐ. τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τοῦ πράγματος ib.72, cf. 18.17;τὴν ἐ. τῆς πομπῆς καὶ τοῦ μεθύειν πρόφασιν λαβών Id.21.180
;ἐ. σχολῆς Aeschin.3.191
;ἐπ' ἀδείας Plu. Sol.22
;ἐπ' ἀληθείας Ev.Marc.12.14
, POxy.255.16 (i A.D.): hence in adverbial phrases, ἐπ' ἴσας (sc. μοίρας) equally, S.El. 1062 (lyr.);ἐ. καιροῦ D.20.90
; ἐπ' ἐσχάτων at the last, LXXDe.17.7 (v.l. ἐσχάτῳ) ; ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος for the present, SIG543.6 (Epist. Philipp.).4 in respect of,ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων Arist.Pol. 1280a17
, cf. EN 1131b18; concerning,τὰ ἐπ' αὐτῶν ἐνεστηκότα PTeb.7.6
(ii B. C.).B WITH DAT.:I of Place, upon, just like the gen. (hence Poets use whichever case suits the metre, whereas in Prose the dat. is more freq.):1 with Verbs of Rest,ἕζεο τῷδ' ἐ. δίφρῳ Il.6.354
;ἧντ' ἐ. πύργῳ 3.153
;στῆ δ' ἐ... νηΐ 8.222
;κεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι X.An.1.8.27
; καίειν ἐ. πᾶσι (sc. βωμοῖς) Il.8.240;ἔβραχε χαλκὸς ἐ. στήθεσσι 4.420
;ἐ. χθονὶ δέρκεσθαι 1.88
, etc.: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, (v.l. for ἐν); ἐπ' ὤμοις φέρειν E.Ph. 1131
(but ἐφ' ἵππῳ, ἐφ' ἵπποις and the like are never used for ἐφ' ἵππου, etc.); of places, mostly in,ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ Hdt.5.77
;τἀπὶ Τροίᾳ πέργαμα S.Ph. 353
;ἐπ' ἐσχάτοις τόποις Id.Tr. 1100
;ἐ. τῇ ψυχῇ δάκνομαι Id.Ant. 317
; also, at or near,ἐ. κρήνῃ Od.13.408
;ἐ. θύρῃσι Il.2.788
, etc.; of rivers, etc., by, beside,ἐ. ὠκυρόῳ Κελάδοντι.. 7.133
, etc.;ἐπ' ἐσχάρῃ Od.7.160
;ἐ. νηυσί Il.1.559
, etc.; of persons, οὐ τἀπὶ Λυδοῖς οὐδ' ἐπ' Ὀμφάλῃ λατρεύματα in Lydia, in the power of O., S.Tr. 356.b on or over, ἐπ' Ἰφιδάμαντι over the body of Iphidamas, Il.11.261, cf. 4.470; ; also, over or in honour of,ἐ. σοὶ κατέθηκε.. ἄεθλα Od.24.91
; [βοῦς] ἐ. Πατρόκλῳ πέφνεν Il. 23.776
; , cf. Lys.2.80; in [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.sepulchral Inscrr., Schwyzer 348,al.c in hostile sense, against, Hdt.1.61,6.74, 88, S.Ph. 1139 (lyr.), etc.; as a check upon,οἱ πρόβουλοι καθεστᾶσιν ἐ. τοῖς βουλευταῖς Arist.Pol. 1299b37
, cf. 1271a39; also, towards, in reference to,ἐ. πᾶσι χόλον τελέσαι Il.4.178
;ἐπ' ἔργοις πᾶσι S.OC 1268
;δικαιότερος καὶ ἐπ' ἄλλῳ ἔσσεαι Il.19.181
, cf. S.Tr. 994 (anap.), etc.;ἐ. τοῖς δυνατοῖς ἔχειν τὴν γνώμην Democr. 191
; τὸ ἐ. πᾶσιν τοῖς σώμασι κάλλος extending over all bodies, Pl. Smp. 210b; ἡ [παιδεία] ἡ ἐ. σώμασι, ἐ. ψυχῇ, Id.R. 376e; τἀπὶ σοὶ κακά the ills which lie upon thee, S.Ph. 806: in [dialect] Att. also, νόμον τίθεσθαι, θεῖναι ἐ. τινι, make a law for his case, whether for or against, Pl.Grg. 488d, Lexap.And.1.87;νόμους ἀναγράψαι ἐ. τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι D.24.5
; νόμος κεῖται ἐ. τινι ib.70; τἀπὶ τῷ πλήθει νενομοθετημένα ib.123, cf. 142; τί θεσμοποιεῖς ἐ. ταλαιπώρῳ νεκρῷ; E.Ph. 1645.d. of accumulation, upon, after, ὄγχνη ἐπ' ὄγχνῃ one pear after another, pear on pear, Od.7.120;ἐ. κέρδεϊ κέρδος Hes.Op. 644
;ἄτη ἑτέρα ἐπ' ἄτῃ A. Ch. 404
(lyr.); πήματα ἐ. πήμασι, ἐ. νόσῳ νόσος, S.Ant. 595, OC 544 (both lyr.).e. in addition to, over and above, besides, οὐκ ἄρα σοί γ'ἐ. εἴδεϊ καὶ φρένες ἦσαν Od.17.454
, cf. 308;ἄλλα τε πόλλ' ἐ. τῇσι παρίσχομεν Il.9.639
, cf. Od.22.264; ἐ. τοῖσι besides, 24.277;ἐ. τούτοις Him.Or.14.10
; so of Numerals,τρισχιλίους ἐ. μυρίοις Plu.Publ.20
, cf. Jul.Or.4.148c, etc.;γυναῖκ' ἐφ' ἡμῖν.. ἔχει E.Med. 694
: with Verbs of eating and drinking, with,ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ πίνειν ὕδωρ X.Cyr.6.2.27
; νέκταρποτίσαι ἐπ' ἀμβροσίᾳ Pl.Phdr. 247e
; esp. of a relish, κάρδαμον μόνονἐ. τῷ σίτῳ ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.11
;παίειν ἐφ' ἁλὶ τὰν μᾶδδαν Ar.Ach. 835
: metaph., ἐ. τῷ φάγοις ἥδιστ' ἄν; ἐ. βαλλαντίῳ; Id.Eq. 707; later ἐ. γογγυλίσι διαβιῶναι live on turnips, Ath.10.419a.g. in dependence upon, in the power of,τὰ δ' οὐκ ἐπ' ἀνδράσι κεῖται Pi.P.8.76
; ἐ. τινί ἐστι it is in his power to do, c.inf., Hdt.8.29, etc.;ἐ. σοί ἐστιν ἀναζωπυρεῖν M.Ant.7.2
;ἐ. ἑτέροις γίγνεσθαι Th.6.22
; ἐ. τῷ πλήθει in their hands, S.OC66, cf. Th.2.84; τὸ ἐπ' ἐμοί, τὸ ἐ. ἐκείνῳ, etc., as far as is in my power, etc., X. Cyr.5.4.11, Isoc.4.142, etc.;τὸ ἐ. τούτοις εἶναι Lys.28.14
; ἐ. τοῖς υἱάσι their property, Leg.Gort.4.37.h. according to, ἐ. τοῖς νόμοις Lexap.D. 24.56;ἐ. πᾶσι δικαίοις ποιούμεθα τοὺς λόγους Id.20.88
;ἐ. προφάσει θηρός S.Tr. 662
codd.(lyr.).i. of condition or circumstances in which one is,ἀτελευτήτῳ ἐ. ἔργῳ Il.4.175
, etc.;ἐπ' ἀρρήτοις λόγοις S.Ant. 556
; (lyr.);ταύταις ἐ. συντυχίαις Pi.P.1.36
;ἐπ' εὐπραξίᾳ S.OC 1554
;ἐ. τῷ παρόντι Th.2.36
; ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ λαβεῖν, v. αὐτόφωρος; also ἐ. τῷ δείπνῳ at dinner, X.Cyr.1.3.12, Thphr.Char. 3.2;ἐ. τῇ κύλικι Pl.Smp. 214b
;ἐ. θαλίαις E.Med. 192
(anap.).k. Geom., of the point, etc., at which letters are written, κέντρον ἐφ' ᾧ K Hippocr. ap. Simp.in Ph.64.14; ἡ [γραμμὴ] ἐφ' ᾗ HK the line HK, Arist.Mete. 375b22.2. with Verbs of Motion:a. where the sense of motion merges in that of support,ἐ. χθονὶ βαίνει Il.4.443
;θεῖναι ἐ. γούνασιν 6.92
;καταθέσθαι ἐ. γαίῃ 3.114
; ἱστὸν ἔστησεν ἐ.ψαμάθοις 23.853
;ἐ. φρεσὶ θῆκε 1.55
; δυσφόρους ἐπ' ὄμμασι γνώμαςβαλεῖν S.Aj.51
, etc.b. in pregnant construction, πέτονται ἐπ' ἄνθεσιν fly on to the flowers and settle there, Il.2.89; ἐκ.. βαῖνον ἐ.ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης Od.15.499
;καθεῖσεν ἐ. Σκαμάνδρῳ Il.5.36
; ἦλθε δ'ἐ. Κρήτεσσι 4.251
, cf. 273;νῆες εἰρύατ'.. ἐ. θινὶ θαλάσσης 4.248
.c. rarely for εἰς c.acc.,νηυσὶν ἔ. γλαφυρῇσιν ἐλαυνέμεν 5.327
, 11.274.d. in hostile sense, upon or against, ἐ. τινι ἔχειν, ἰθύνειν ἵππους, 5.240, 8.110; ἐ. τινι ἱέναι βέλος, ἰθύνεσθαι ὀϊστόν, 1.382, Od.22.8; ἐ. τοιἈκράγαντι τανύσαις Pi.O.2.91
;ἐ. Τυδεΐδῃ ἐτιταίνετο.. τόξα Il.5.97
;ἐφ' Ἕκτορι.. ἀκοντίσσαι 16.358
;κύνας.. σεύῃ ἐπ' ἀγροτέρῳ συΐ 11.293
;ὡρμήθησαν ἐπ' ἀνδράσιν Od.10.214
, cf. E.Ph. 1379, etc.: also ἐ. τινιτετάχθαι Th.2.70
, 3.13;ὅστις φάρμακα δηλητήρια ποιοῖ ἐ. Τηΐοισιν SIG37.2
(Teos, v B.C.).II. of Time, rarely, and never in good [dialect] Att., exc. in sense of succession (infr. 2), ἐ. νυκτί by night, Il.8.529;ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ, αἱ δ' ἐ. νυκτί Hes.Op. 102
; ἐπ' ἤματι τῷδε on this very day, Il.13.234; ἐπ' ἤματι for to-day, 19.229, 10.48, Od.2.284; αἰεὶ ἐπ' ἤματι every day, 14.105;ἐπ' ἡμέρῃ ἑκάστῃ Hdt.4.112
, 5.53, cf. D.S. 34/5.2.1;ὁ ἥλιος νέος ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ ἐστίν Heraclit.6
;ἐ. τρίς Act.Ap.10.16
, PHolm.1.18.2. of succession, after, ἕκτῃ ἐ. δέκα on the 16th of the month, Chron. ap. D.18.155, Decr.ib.181 ( δεκάτῃ codd.); τετράδιἐ. δέκα IG12.304.62
; πρὸ τῆς ἕκτης ἐ. δέκα ib.22.1361.19; ἐπ' ἐξεργασμένοισι, = Lat. re peracta, Hdt.4.164, etc.; ἐ. τινι ἀγορεύειν, ἀνίστασθαι, E.Or. 898, 902, X.Cyr.2.3.7, etc.;ἐ. διεφθαρμένοισι Ἴωσι Hdt.1.170
, τὰ ἐ. τούτοισι, = Lat. quod superest, Id.9.78, cf. Th.1.65, A.Ag. 255, etc.;τοὐπὶ τῷδε πῆμα E.Hipp. 855
(lyr.), etc.3. in the time of (cf. A. 11) only in Arc., A 21, cf. 666 (Orchom.).III. in various causal senses:1. of the occasion or cause, τετεύξεται ἄλγε' ἐπ' αὐτῇ for her, Il.21.585; ἐ. σοὶ μάλα πόλλ' ἔπαθον for thee, 9.492: freq. with Verbs expressing some mental affection,ἐπὶ παντὶ λόγῳ ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit.87
; μέγα φρονεῖν ἐ. τινι to be proud at or of a thing, Pl.Prt. 342d, X.HG3.4.11, etc.; χλιδᾶν ἐ . τινι S.El. 360; ἀγάλλεσθαι, ἀγανακτεῖν ἐ. τοῖς παροῦσι, X.An.2.6.26, Isoc.4.122;ὀνομαστὸς ἐ. τινι γεγονέναι X.Mem.1.2.61
; also ἐφ' αἵματι φεύγειν to be tried on a capital charge, D.21.105; πληγὰς λαμβάνεινἐ. τινι X.Cyr.1.3.16
;ζημιοῦσθαι ἐ. τινι D.24.122
, etc.: in adverbial phrases [δικάσσαι] ἐπ' ἀρωγῇ with favour, Il.23.574;δολίῃ ἐ. τέχνῃ Hes. Th. 540
;ἐ. μιῇ αἰτίῃ ἀνήκεστον πάθος ἔρδειν Hdt.1.137
, etc.; ἐ . κακουργίᾳ καὶ οὐκ ἀρετῇ for malice, Th.1.37; ἐπ' εὐνοία, ἐπ' ἔχθρα, D. 18.273, 21.55; ἐπ' ἀγαθῇ ἐλπίδι with.., X.Mem.2.1.18, cf. Ep.Rom. 4.18; ἐφ' ἑκατέροις in both cases, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Xenoph.34.4; ἐ.δάκρυσί τινα καταστένειν E. Tr. 315
(lyr.); ἐ. τῇ πάσῃ συκοφαντίᾳ καὶ διασεισμῷ Mitteis Chr. 31 vI (ii B.C.), etc.2. of an end or purpose,υἱὸν ἐ. κτεάτεσσι λιπέσθαι Il.5.154
, cf. 9.482; ἐ. δόρπῳ for supper, Od.18.44;ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου σίδηρος ἀνεύρηται Hdt.1.68
;ἐ. διαφθορῇ Id.4.164
;ἐ. σῷ καιρῷ S.Ph. 151
(lyr.);ἐ. τῷ κέρδει X.Mem.1.2.56
; δῆσαι ἐ. θανάτῳ or τὴν ἐ. θανάτῳ, Hdt.9.37, 3.119, cf.1.109, X.An.1.6.10;ἐ. θανάτῳ συλλαβεῖν Isoc.4.154
; ἐπ' ἐξαγωγῇ for exportation, Hdt.5.6; χρηστηριάζεσθαι ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ with a view to gaining.., Id.1.66;ἐ. τούτοις ἐθύσαντο X.An.3.5.18
;ἐ. τῷ ὑβρίζεσθαι Th.1.38
, cf.34, etc.;τι κακοτεχνεῖν ἐ. αἰσχύνῃ τοῦ ἀνδρός PEleph.1.6
(iv B.C.).3. of the condition upon which a thing is done, ἐ. τούτοισι on these terms, Hdt.1.60, etc.;ἐ. τοῖσδε, ὥστε.. Th.3.114
; ἐ. τούτῳ, ἐπ' ᾧτε on condition that.., Hdt.3.83, cf. 7.158: in orat. obliq., ἐπ' or ἐφ' ᾧτε folld. by inf., Id.1.22, 7.154, X.HG2.2.20;ἐφ' ᾧ μηδὲν κακὸν ποιήσουσιν Th.1.126
(but ἐφ' ᾧ = wherefore, Ep.Rom.5.12); ἐπ' οὐδενί on no condition, on no account, Hdt.3.38; but, for no adequate reason, D. 21.132; ἐπ' ἴσῃ τε καὶ ὁμοίῃ, ἐπὶ τῇ ἴσῃ καὶ ὁμοίᾳ, on fair and equal terms, Hdt.9.7, Th.1.27; ἐ. ῥητοῖς, v. ῥητός; also of a woman's dowry,τὴν μητέρα ἐγγυᾶν ἐ. ταῖς ὀγδοήκοντα μναῖς D.28.16
; γῆμαίτινα ἐ. δέκα ταλάντοις And.4.13
;τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα ἐ. τῇ τυραννίδι Hdt.1.60
; on the principle of..,ἐ. τῷ μὴ λυπεῖν ἀλλήλους Th.1.71
.4. of the price for which..,ἔργον τελέσαι δώρῳ ἔ. μεγάλῳ Il.10.304
, cf. 21.445; ἐ. τίνι χρήματι; Hdt.3.38; ἐ. πόσῳ; Pl.Ap. 41a; ἐ .ταλάντῳ χρυσίου Ar.Av. 154
; ἐπ' ἀργυρίῳ λέγειν, πράττειν, D.19.182, 24.200;ἐ. χρήμασι λυμαίνεσθαι Id.19.332
;ἐ. πολλῷ ἐρρᾳθυμηκότες Id.1.15
; also of money lent at interest, δανείζεσθαι ἐ. τοῖς μεγάλοις τόκοις ibid.; ἐ. δραχμῇ δανείζειν lend at 12 per cent., Id.27.9; ἐπ' ὀκτὼ ὀβολοῖς τὴν μνᾶν τοῦ μηνὸς ἑκάστου δανείζειν, i.e. at 16 per cent., Id.53.13;ἐ. διακοσίαις εἴκοσι πέντε τὰς χιλίας
for per mille, i.e. 22.5 per cent., Syngr. ap. eund.35.10; also of the security on which money is borrowed,δανείζειν ἐ. ἀνδραπόδοις Id.27.27
; ἐπ' οἴνουκεραμίοις τρισχιλίοις Id.35.18
;ἐ. νηΐ Id.56.3
;δανείζειν ἐ. τοῖς σώμασιν Arist.Ath.9.1
, cf. 2.2, D.H.4.9.5. of names, φάος καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται..ἐ. τοῖσί τε καὶ τοῖς Parm.9.2
;ἐ. τῇ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔχθρᾳ στάσις κέκληται Pl.R. 470b
; soὄνομα κεῖται ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.2.2.12
; ὄνομα καλεῖνἐ. τινι Pl.Sph. 218c
, cf. 244b; πότερον ταῦτα, πέντε ὀνόματα ὄντα, ἐ.ἑνὶ πράγματί ἐστι Id.Prt. 349b
(v. supr. A. 111.2).6. of persons in authority, ὅς μ' ἐ. βουσὶν εἷσεν who set me over the kine, Od.20.209, cf. 221;ποιμαίνειν ἐπ' ὄεσσι Il.6.25
;οὖρον κατέλειπον ἐ. κτεάτεσσιν Od.15.89
;σημαίνειν ἐ. δμῳῇσι 22.427
; πέμπειν ἐ. τοσούτῳστρατεύματι Th.6.29
;ἐ. ταῖς ναυσίν X.HG1.5.11
;οἱ ἐ. ταῖς μηχαναῖς Id.Cyr.6.3.28
; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς καμήλοις ib.33;οἱ ἐ. τοῖς πράγμασιν ὄντες D. 9.2
;ἐ. θυγατρὶ.. γαμεῖν ἄλλην γυναῖκα Hdt.4.154
.7. in possession of, possessing,ἐ. τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μένειν Th.4.105
, cf. 8.86; ζῆν ἐ. παιδίοις, τελευτᾶν ἐ. παιδὶ γνησίῳ, Alciphr.1.3, Philostr.VS2.12.2;ἐ. παισὶ διαδόχοις Hdn.4.2.1
;ἀποθανεῖν ἐ. κληρονόμοις ταῖς θυγατράσι Artem.1.78
, cf. PMeyer6.22 (ii A.D.);ἐ. μόνῳ παιδὶ σαλεύειν Hld. 1.9
.C. WITH Acc.:I. of Place, upon or on to a height, with Verbs of Motion,ἐ. πύργον ἔβη Il.6.386
, cf. 12.375; ἐ. τὰ ὑψηλότατα τῶνὀρέων ἀναβαίνειν Hdt.1.131
;προελθεῖν ἐ. βῆμα Th.2.34
; ἀναβιβαστέον τινά, ἀναβαίνειν ἐ. τὸν ἵππον, Pl.R. 467e, X.An.3.4.35; also ἐξ ἵππωνἀποβάντες ἐ. χθόνα Il.3.265
; ἐξεκυλίσθη πρηνὴς ἐ. στόμα upon his face, 6.43;ἐ. θρόνον.. ἕζετο 8.442
; ὤμω.. ἐ. στῆθος συνοχωκότε drawn together upon his breast, 2.218;Ὀδυσσῆ' εἷσαν ἐ. σκέπας Od.6.212
;θέσθαι ἐ. τὰ γόνατα X.An.7.3.23
;ἐπ' ἀμφότερα τὰ ὦτα καθεύδειν Aeschin.Socr.54
; ἐ. κεφαλήν head- foremost, Pl.R. 553b, Luc.Pisc.48 (v. κεφαλή): less freq. than ἐπί with gen. or dat.b. Geom., αἱ ἐ. τὰς ἁφὰς ἐπιζευγνύμεναι εὐθεῖαι joining the points of contact, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.8; κάθετος ἐ. perpendicular to (v. κάθετος).2. to,ἦλθε θοὰς ἐ. νῆας Il.1.12
, etc.; ἐ. βωμὸν ἄγων ib. 440; ἴθυσαν δ' ἐ.τεῖχος 12.443
;ἐ. τέρμ' ἀφίκετο S.Aj.48
;ἡ [ὁδὸς] ἐ. Σοῦσα φέρει X. An.3.5.15
;ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν Πυλῶν ἐ. τὸ Ποσειδώνιον Th.4.118
; ἐ.τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79
: c.acc. pers.,βῆ δ' ἄρ' ἐπ' Ἀτρεΐδην Il.2.18
, cf. 10.18,85, 150, etc.: sts. in pregn. constr. with Verbs of Rest,ἐπιστῆναι ἐ. τὰς θύρας Pl.Smp. 212d
;παρεῖναι ἐ. τὸν τάφον Th.2.34
, cf. X.Cyr.3.3.12.b. metaph., ἐ. ἔργα τρέπεσθαι, ἰέναι, Il.3.422, Od.2.127;ἰέναι ἐ. τὸν ἔπαινον Th.2.36
;ἐ. συμφορὴν ἐμπεσεῖν Hdt.7.88
codd.; also ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν ἀποδιδόναι, ὀφείλειν, pay, owe to the bank, D.33.12, Docum. ap. eund.45.31; ἡ ἐγγύη ἡ ἐ. τὴντράπεζαν D.33.10
; τὸ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν χρέως ib.24; also εἰσποιηθῆναι ἐ. τὸ ὄνομά τινος to be entered under his name, Id.44.36.c. up to, as far as ( μέχρι ἐ. X.An.5.1.[1]),παρατείνειν ἐπ' Ἡρακλέας στήλας Hdt.4.181
;ἐ. θάλασσαν καθήκειν Th.2.27
,97: metaph., ἐ. πείρατ' ἀέθλωνἤλθομεν Od.23.248
; ἐ. διηκόσια ἀποδιδόναι yield 200- fold, Hdt. 1.193; in measurements,πλέον ἢ ἐ. δύο στάδια X.Cyr.7.5.8
, An.6.2.2; ὅσον ἐ. εἴκοσι σταδίους ib.6.4.5, cf. 1.7.15: freq. with a neut. Adj. or Pron.,τόσσον τίς τ' ἐπιλεύσσει ὅσον τ' ἐ. λᾶαν ἵησιν Il.3.12
; ὅσσονἔφ' 2.616
, cf. 15.358; ἐ. τοσοῦτό γε φρονέω,.. ταύτην μηδὲν σίνεσθαι I am prudent enough, not to.., Hdt.6.97;ἐ. ὅσον δεῖ Th.7.66
; ἐ.πάντ' ἀφίξομαι S.OT 265
;ἐ. πᾶν ἐλθεῖν X.An.3.1.18
; ἐ. τὸ ἔσχατονἀγῶνος ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92
; ἐ. μεῖζον χωρεῖν, ἔρχεσθαι, ib. 117, S.Ph. 259;ἐ. μέγα χωρεῖν δυνάμεως Th.1.118
; ἐ. μακρότερον, ἐ. μακρότατον, Id.4.41, 1.1, Hdt.4.16, 192; ἐ. σμικρόν, ἐ. βραχύ, a little way, a little, S. El. 414, Th.1.118; ἐπ' ἔλαττον, ἐπ' ἐλάχιστον, Pl.Phd. 93b, Th.1.70; ἐπ' ὀλίγον, ἐ. πολλά, Pl.Sph. 254b; ἐ. πλέον still more, Hdt.2.171, 5.51, Th.2.51; rarely with Advs.,ἐ. μᾶλλον Hdt.1.94
, 4.181.d. before, into the presence of (cf. A. 1.2e),ἦγον δή μιν ἐ. τὰ κοινά Id.3.156
(but στὰς ἐ. τὸ συνέδριον standing at the door of the council, Id.8.79);ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε Ev.Matt.10.18
.e. in Military phrases (cf. A. 1.2d), ἐπ' ἀσπίδας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν ἐτάξαντο, i.e. twenty-five in file, Th.4.93; dub. in X., as ἐ. πολλοὺς τεταγμένοι many in file, An.4.8.11 codd.;ἐπ' ὀλίγον τὸ βάθος γίγνεσθαι Cyr.7.5.2
codd.; for ἐ. κέρας v. infr.3.3. of the quarter or direction towards or in which a thing takes place, ἐ. δεξιά, ἐπ' ἀριστερά, to the right or left, Il.7.238, 12.240, Od.3.171, Hdt.6.33, etc.; ἐ. τὰ ἕτερα or ἐ. θάτερα, Id.5.74, Th.1.87, etc.; ἐ. τὰ μακρότερα , βραχύτερα, on the longer, shorter side, Hdt.1.50; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα νοέων both ways, Id.8.22;ἐπ' ἀμφότερα μαχᾶν τάμνειν τέλος Pi.O.13.57
, etc.; ἐ. τάδε Φασήλιδος on this side, Isoc.7.80; ἐ. ἐκεῖνα, v. ἐπέκεινα; ἐφ' ἕν, ἐ. δύο, ἐ. τρία, of space, in one, two, three dimensions, Arist.de An. 404b23, Plot.6.3.13; in Military phrases, ἐ. δόρυ ἀναστρέψαι ,ἐ. ἀσπίδα μεταβαλέσθαι, to the spear or shield side, i.e. to right or left, X.An.4.3.29, Cyr.7.5.6; ἐ. πόδα ἀναχωρεῖν, etc., retire on the foot, i.e. facing the enemy, Id.An.5.2.32; so ἐ. κέρας or ἐ. κέρως πλεῖν, etc., sail towards or on the wing, i.e. in column (v. ): metaph., ἐ. τὸ μεῖζον κοσμῆσαι, δεινῶσαι, etc., with exaggeration, Th.1.10, 8.74, etc.;ἐ. τὸ πλέον ἀγγέλλεσθαι Id.6.34
; ἐ. τὸ φοβερώτερον ib.83; ἐ. τὰ γελοιότερα ἐπαινέσαι so as to provoke laughter, Pl. Smp. 214e; ἐ. τὰ καλλίω, ἐ. τὰ αἰσχίονα, Id.Plt. 293e; ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον καὶ κάλλιον, ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον καὶ τὸ αἴσχιον, Id.R. 381b; ἐ. τὸ ἄμεινον Orac. ap. D.43.66.4. in hostile sense, against,ἰέναι ἐ. νέας Il. 13.101
;ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτούς 5.590
; στρατεύεσθαι or -εύειν ἐ. τινα, Hdt. 1.71,77, Th.1.26, etc.;ἰέναι ἐ. φάτιν S.OT 495
(lyr.); πλεῖν ἐ. τοὺσἈθηναίους Th.2.90
;πέμπειν στρατηγὸν ἐ. τινας Hdt.1.153
; θύεσθαι ἐ. τινα offer sacrifice on going against.., X.An.7.8.21; ἐφ' ὑμᾶς to your prejudice, D.6.33, 10.57.5. of extension over a space, πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρὴν ἤλυθον over much water, Il.10.27: ἐπ' εὐρέα νῶταθαλάσσης 2.159
;ἐ. κύματα 13.27
; ; πλέων, λεύσσων ἐ. οἴνοπα πόντον, 7.88, 5.771;ἐ. πολλὰ δ' ἀλήθην Od. 14.120
;ἄγοισι.. Ἀνδρομάχαν.. ἐπ' ἄλμυρον πόντον Sapph.Supp. 20a
. 7: also with Verbs of Rest, ἐπ' ἐννέα κεῖτο πέλεθρα over nine acres he lay stretched, Od.11.577; τόσσον ἔπ' over so much, 5.251, cf. 13.114; διώκοντες ἐ. πολύ over a large space, Th.1.50, cf. 62, etc.; ἐ. πλεῖστον ib.4;ὡς ἐ. πλεῖστον 2.34
, etc.; freq. to be rendered on,δράκων ἐ. νῶτα δαφοινός Il.2.308
; ἵππους.. ἐ. νῶτον ἐΐσας ib. 765;ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει 17.447
; ἐ. γαῖαν εἰσὶ δύω [γένη] Hes.Op.11;ἀοιδοὶ ἔασιν ἐ. χθόνα Th.95
;ἐ. γᾶν μέλαιναν ἔμμεναι κάλλιστον Sapph. Supp.5.2
; also, among,κλέος πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους Il.10.213
, cf. 24.202, 535;δασσάμενοι [κτήματ'] ἐφ' ἡμέας Od.16.385
, cf. Pl.Prt. 322d.II. of Time, for or during a certain time,ἐ. χρόνον Il.2.299
, Od.14.193:πολλὸν ἐ. χρόνον 12.407
;παυρίδιον.. ἐ. χρόνον Hes. Op. 133
;ἐ. δηρόν Il.9.415
;ἐ. πολὺν χρόνον Pl.Phd. 84c
, etc.; ἐπ'ὀλίγον χρόνον Lycurg.7
; ἐ. χρόνον τινά, ἐ. τινα χρόνον, Pl.Prt. 344b, Grg. 524d;γῆν ἀπεμίσθωσαν ἐ. δέκα ἔτη Th.3.68
; ἐ. διετές Lexap.D. 46.20;ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας X.An.6.6.36
; τὸ ἐφ' ἡμέραν ἀρκέσον enough for the day, Id.Cyr.6.2.34, cf. D.50.23, Hdt.1.32; ἐ. πολύ for a long time, Th.1.6, etc.2. up to, until a certain time, εὗδον παννύχιοςκαὶ ἐπ' ἠῶ καὶ μέσον ἦμαρ Od.7.288
;οὐδ' ἐ. γῆρας ἵκετ' 8.226
.III. in various causal senses:1. of the object or purpose for which one goes, ἀγγελίην ἔπι Τυδῆ στεῖλαν sent him for (i.e. to bring) tidings of.., Il.4.384 (dub.); ἐ. βοῦν ἴτω let him go for an ox, Od.3.421;ἐ. τεύχεα δ' ἐσσεύοντο Il.2.808
;ἐλθεῖν πρός τινα ἐπ' ἀργύριον X.Cyr.1.6.12
; πέμπειν εἴς τινα ἐ. στράτευμα ib.4.5.31; ἴτω τις ἐφ' ὕδωρ ib.5.3.49; ἥκειν ἐ. τοὺς τόκους for (i.e. to demand) the interest, D.50.61: less freq. c. acc. pers.,ἐπ' Ὀδυσσῆα ἤϊε Od.5.149
, cf. S.OT 555;κατῆλθον ἐ. ποιητήν Ar.Ra. 1418
;κατέρχονται ἐ. τὸν Ἀγόρατον Lys. 13.23
: with acc. of a Noun of Action, ἐξιέναι ἐ. θήραν go out hunting, X.Cyr.1.2.9; ἔπλεον οὐχ ὡς ἐ. ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for -μαχίᾳ) Th.2.83;ἐ. μάχην ἰέναι X.An.1.4.12
; ἔρχεσθαι, ἵζειν ἐ. δεῖπνον, Il.2.381, Od.24.394;ἐ. δόρπον ἀνέστη 12.439
;κληθεὶς ἐ. δεῖπνον Pl.Smp. 174e
, etc.;καλεῖν ἐ. ξείνια Hdt.2.107
,5.18; ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν to see the sight, Ev.Luc.23.48, cf. PTeb.33.6 (ii B.C.): freq. with neut. Pron. or Adj., ἐ. τοῦτο ἐλθεῖν for this purpose, X.An.2.5.22, cf. Th.5.87; ἐπ' αὐτὸ , etc.; ἐ. τί; to what end? Ar.Nu. 256;ἐφ' ὅ τι Id.Lys.22
, 481; ἐφ' ἃ ἤλθομεν for which purpose, Th.7.15, etc.; ἐπὶ ἴσα for like ends, Pi.N.7.5 (but ἐ. ἶσα μάχη τέτατο, = ἴσως, Il.12.436); ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον to a better result, X.An.7.8.4; ἀναστῆσαί τινα ἐ. χριστὸν Θεοῦ set up as God's anointed, LXX 2 Ki.23.1: after an Adj., ἄριστοι πᾶσανἐπ' ἰθύν Il.6.79
, cf. Od.4.434;ἄπορος ἐ. φρόνιμα S.OT 691
(lyr.); χρήσιμοςἐ... οὐδέν D.25.31
: after a Noun,ὁδὸς ἐ. τι X.Cyr.1.6.21
; ὄργανα ἐ. τι ib.6.2.34.2. so far as regards,τοὐπὶ τήνδε τὴν κόρην S.Ant. 889
;ὅσον γε τοὐπ' ἐμέ E.Or. 1345
; τοὐπί σε, τὸ ἐ. σέ, Id.Hec. 514, X.Cyr.1.4.12;τὸ ἐ. σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28
; ὡς ἐ. τὸ πολύ for the most part, Arist.Top. 100b29, etc.;ἐ. πᾶν Th.2.51
; τὸ πρὸς ἅπανξυνετὸν ἐ. πᾶν ἀργόν Id.3.82
;κρείσσων ἐπ' ἀρετήν Democr.181
; ἐ.μέγα Call.Dian.55
.3. of persons set over others, ἐ. τοὺς πεζοὺςκαθιστάναι ἄρχοντα X.Cyr.4.5.58
, cf. HG3.4.20; στρατηγὸς ἐ. τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἐ. τὴν χώραν, Arist.Ath.61.1, IG22.682.24;ἐ. τὸν Πειραιέα Arist.Ath.
l.c.;ἐ. Ῥαμνοῦντα IG2.1206b
(cf. A. 111.1); οἱ θεσμοθέταιοἱ ἐ. τοὺς νόμους κληρούμενοι D.20.90
.4. according to, by, ἐ. στάθμην by the rule, Od.5.245, 21.44, etc.D. POSITION:— ἐπί may suffer anastrophe ([etym.] ἔπι) and follow its case, as in Il.1.162; it may like wise follow its Verb,ἤλυθ' ἔπι ψυχή Od.24.20
, cf. Il.9.539.II. in Poets it is sts. put with the second of two Nouns, though in sense it also governs the first, ἢ ἁλὸς ἢ ἐ.γῆς Od.12.27
, cf. S.OT 761, Ant. 367 (lyr.).E. ABS., used adverbially, without anastrophe, καὶ ἐ. σκέπαςἦν ἀνέμοιο Od.5.443
; κτεῖνον δ' ἐ. μηλοβοτῆρας as well, Il.18.529; esp. ἐ. δέ.. and besides.., Hdt.7.65,75, etc.;πολιαί τ' ἐ. ματέρες S. OT 182
(lyr.).II. ἔπι, for ἔπεστι, there is, Il.1.515, 3.45, Od.16.315; οὐ γὰρ ἔπ' ἀνήρ.. there is no man.., 2.58; σοὶ δ' ἔ. μὲν μορφὴἐπέων 11.367
;ἔ. δέ μοι γέρας A.Eu. 393
codd. (lyr.).F. PROSODY: in ἐπιόψομαι, ι is not elided before a vowel; also in some words where σ or ϝ has been lost, as ἐπιάλμενος, ἐπιείκελος, ἐπιεικής, ἐπιέξομαι (v. ). [dialect] Dor. ἐπιεργάζομαι (v. ἐπιεργάζομαι).G. IN COMPOSITION:I. of Place, denoting,2. Motion,b. to or towards, ἐπέρχομαι, ἐπιστέλλω, ἐπαρίστερος, ἐπιδέξιος.c. against,ἐπαΐσσω, ἐπιπλέω 11
, ἐπιστρατεύω, ἐπιβουλεύω.e. over a place, as in ἐπαιωρέομαι, ἐπαρτάω.f. over or beyond boundaries, as in ἐπινέμομαι.g. implying reciprocity, as in ἐπιγαμία.3. Extension over a surface, as in ἐπαλείφω, ἐπανθίζω,ἐπιπέτομαι, ἐπιπλέω 1
, ἐπάργυρος, ἐπίχρυσος.4. Accumulation of one thing over or besides another, as in ἐπαγείρω, ἐπιμανθάνω, ἐπαυξάνω, ἐπιβάλλω, ἐπίκτητος.5. Accompaniment, to, with, as in ἐπᾴδω, ἐπαυλέω, ἐπαγρυπνέω: hence of Addition, ἐπίτριτος one and 1/3 more, 1 +1/3; so ἐπιτέταρτος, ἐπίπεμπτος, ἐπόγδοος, etc.6. with Adjs., somewhat, slightly, as in ἐπίξανθος, ἐπίπικρος.II. of Time and Sequence, after, as in ἐπιβιόω, ἐπιβλαστάνω, ἐπιγίγνομαι,ἐπακόλουθος, ἐπίγονος, ἐπιστάτης 1.2
.III. in causal senses:1. Superiority felt over or at, as in ἐπιχαίρω, ἐπιγελάω, ἐπαισχύνομαι.2. Authority over, as in ἐπικρατέω, ἔπαρχος, ἐπιβουκόλος, ἐπιποιμήν.3. Motive for, as in ἐπιθυμέω, ἐπιζήμιος, ἐπιθάνατος.4. to give force or intensity to the Verb, as in ἐπαινέω, ἐπιμέμφομαι, ἐπικείρω, ἐπικλάω. -
75 ὥρα
ὥρα or [full] ὤρα (B), only in [dialect] Ion. form [full] ὥρη, or [full] ὤρη, some part of a sacrificial victim,Aλάψεται γλῶσσαν, ὀσφῦν δασέαν, ὤρην SIG1037.2
(Milet., iv/iii B.C.); τοὺς Ἴωνας λέγειν φασὶ τὴν κωλῆν ὥρην καὶ ὡραίαν Sch.HQ Od.12.89: but distd. fr. κωλῆ, λάψεται.. κωλῆν ἀντὶ τῆς ὤρης SIGl.c.5; cf. ἄωρος(B). (Perh. cogn. with Lat. sūra.)------------------------------------ὥρα (C), [dialect] Ion. [full] ὥρη, ἡ: [dialect] Ep. gen. pl. ὡράων, [dialect] Ion. ὡρέων: loc. pl. ὥρασι, q. v.A any period, fixed by natural laws and revolutions, whether of the year, month, or day (the sense 'day' is implied in the compd. ἑπτάωρος, q. v.),νυκτός τε ὥραν καὶ μηνὸς καὶ ἐνιαυτοῦ X.Mem. 4.7.4
, cf. E.Alc. 449(lyr.), Pl.R. 527d;τοῦ γνώμονος ἡ σκιὰ ἐπιοῦσα ἐπὶ τὰς γραμμὰς σημαίνει τὰς ὥρας τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ καὶ τῆς ἡμέρας IG12(8).240
([place name] Samothrace): but specially,I in Hom., part of the year, season; mostly in pl., the seasons, , 19.152;ἀλλ' ὅτε δὴ μῆνές τε καὶ ἡμέραι ἐξετελεῦντο, ἂψ περιτελλομένου ἔτεος, καὶ ἐπήλυθον ὧραι 11.295
, 14.294;ἀλλ' ὅτε δή ῥ' ἐνιαυτὸς ἔην, περὶ δ' ἔτραπον ὧραι 10.469
, cf. Hes. Th. 58;Διὸς ὧραι Od.24.344
, cf. Pi.O.4.2; , cf. 1.32;δυώδεκα μέρεα δασαμένους τῶν ὡρέων ἐς [τὸν ἐνιαυτόν] Id.2.4
; οὐ μεταλλάσσουσι αἱ ὧραι ib.77;περιτελλομέναις ὥραις S.OT 156
(lyr.); πάσαις ὥραις at all seasons, Id.Fr.592.6 (lyr.), Ar.Av. 696 (anap.);ὧραι ἐτῶν καὶ ἐνιαυτῶν Pl.Lg. 906c
, cf. Smp. 188a, etc.;τῆς.. ὥρας τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ταύτης οὔσης, ἐν ᾗ ἀσθενοῦσιν ἄνθρωποι μάλιστα Th.7.47
; χαλεπὴ ὥ. a bad season, Pl.Prt. 344d;ἀ δ' ὤρα χαλέπα Alc.39
; ἡ ὥ. αὕτη this season, X.Cyn.7.1, cf. 5.6; κατὰ τὰς ὥρας according to the seasons, Arist.GA 786a31;οἱ περὶ τὴν ὥραν χρόνοι Id.Pol. 1335a37
.—Hom. and Hes. distinguish three seasons, and express each by the sg. ὥρη, with a word added to specify each:a spring,ἔαρος.. ὥρη Il.6.148
;ὥρη εἰαρινή 2.471
, 16.643, Od.18.367, etc.; so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., ἦρος ὥρα or ὧραι, Ar.Nu. 1008 (anap.), E.Cyc. 508 (lyr.); ; (lyr.); v. infr. 2.c winter,χείματος ὥρη Hes.Op. 450
;ὥρῃ χειμερίῃ Od.5.485
, Hes.Op. 494; χειμῶνος ὥρᾳ in winter, And.1.137;χιονοβόλος Plu.2.182e
.—A. also names three seasons, Pr. 454sq.; an Egyptian division of the year, acc. to D.S.1.26.—A fourth first appears in Alcm.76, θέρος καὶ χεῖμα κὠπώραν τρίταν καὶ τέτρατον τὸ ϝῆρ; and in Hp.Vict.3.68,χειμών, ἦρ, θέρος, φθινόπωρον; ὥρας φαίνομεν ἡμεῖς ἦρος χειμῶνος ὀπώρας Ar.Av. 709
(anap.); τετράμορφοι ὧραι E(?).Fr. 943 (hex.): later, seven seasons are named,ἔαρ, θέρος, ὀπώρα, φθινόπωρον, σπορητός, χειμών, φυταλιά Gal.17(1).17
.2 esp. prime of the year, springtime,ὅσα φύλλα καὶ ἄνθεα γίγνεται ὥρῃ Od.9.51
, cf. Il.2.468;παρὰ τὴν καθεστηκυῖαν ὥραν Th.4.6
.b in historians, the campaigning season,τὸν τῆς ὥρας εἰς τὸν περίπλουν χρόνον X.HG6.2.13
; esp. in the phrase ὥρα ἔτους, Th.2.52, 6.70, Pl.Phdr. 229a, Lg. 952e, D.50.23, Thphr.CP3.23.2; εἰς ἔτους ὥραν next season, Plu.Per.10.3 the year generally,τῆς ὥρης μέσον θέρος Hdt.8.12
; ἐν τῇ πέρυσιν ὥρᾳ last year, D.56.3; εἰς ὥρας next year, Philem.116, Pl.Ep. 346c, LXX Ge.18.10, AP11.17 (Nicarch.), cf. Plu.Ages.22; also hereafter,E.
IA 122 (lyr.);ἐς τὰς ὥρας τὰς ἑτέρας Ar.Nu. 562
(lyr.);ἐκ τῶν ὡρῶν εἰς τὰς ὥρας Id.Th. 950
(anap.); κἠς ὥρας κἤπειτα next year and for ever, Theoc.15.74; alsoὥραις ἐξ ὡρᾶν Isyll.25
; cf. ὥρασιν.4 in pl., of the climate of a country, as determined by its seasons, Hdt.1.142, cf. 149, 4.199 (here perh. three harvest seasons);τὰς ὥ. κάλλιστα κεκρημένας Id.3.106
; cf. Pl.Criti. 111e, Phd. 111b; climatic conditions, Hdt.2.26.II time of day,νυκτὸς ἐν ὥρῃ h.Merc.67
, 155, 400; αἱ ὧ. τῆς ἡμέρας the times of day, i.e. morning, noon, evening, and night, X.Mem.4.3.4; δι' ὥραν ἡμέρας by the time of day (fixed for meetings), D.Prooem.49, etc.;πᾶσαν ὥ. τῆς ἡμέρας Arist.Mete. 371b31
;μεσονυκτίοις ποθ' ὥραις Anacreont.31.1
: without ἡμέρας orνυκτός, ἑκάστης ἡμέρας μέχρι τρίτου μέρους ὥρας Pl. Lg. 784a
;τῆς ὥρας μικρὸν πρὸ δύντος ἡλίου X.HG7.2.22
; ψευσθεὶς τῆς ὥ. having mistaken the hour, And.1.38; ἐποίησαν ἔξω μέσων νυκτῶν τὴν ὥραν, i.e. they prolonged the day beyond midnight, D.54.26;τῆς ὥρας ἐγίγνετ' ὀψέ Id.21.84
;ὀψίτερον τῆς ὥ. PTeb. 793 xi 12
(ii B. C.); it being late,Plb.
5.8.3;ἤδη ὥρα πολλή Ev.Marc.6.35
; ἄχρι πολλῆς ὥρας till late in the day, D.H.2.54.b duration, interval or lapse of time,μετὰ ἱκανὴν ὥραν τοῦ κατενεχθῆναι τὸν πέλεκυν ἐξακούεται ἡ τῆς πληγῆς φωνή S.E.M.5.69
; length of time, term, Ἄρτεμις ἐννέ' ἐτῶν δεκάδας βίον Ἀρτεμιδώρῳ ἔκχρησεν, τρεῖς δ' ὥραι(date.)ἔτι προσέθηκε Προνοίη IG12(3).1350.3
(Thera, ii B. C.); ἐπὶ πολλὴν ὥ. for a long time, J.AJ8.4.4.2 the νυχθήμερον was prob. first divided into twenty-four hours by Hipparch., ἐν πόσαις ὥραις ἰσημεριναῖς (equinoctial hours) , cf. Ptol.Alm.3.9, 4.9, al.b in ordinary life the day from sunrise to sunset was divided into twelve equal parts called ὧραι ( ὧραι καιρικαί when it was necessary to distinguish them from the ὧραι ἰσημεριναί, v. καιρικός 2 c),ἡμέρα ἡ.. δωδεκάωρος, τουτέστιν ἡ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς μέχρι δύσεως S.E.M.10.182
;οὐχὶ δώδεκά εἰσιν ὧραι τῆς ἡμέρας; Ev.Jo.11.9
;ὡράων ἀμφὶ δυωδεκάδι AP9.782
(Paul.Sil.); the time of day was commonly given without the Art.,ὥρᾳ ᾱ PHamb.1.96.3
(ii A. D.),τρίτης ὥρας Plu.Rom.12
; ὀγδόης, ἐνάτης, δεκάτης ὥ., Id.Alex.60, Aem.22, Ant.68, etc.; but we have περὶ τὴν τρίτην ὥραν, περὶ τὴν ἑνδεκάτην, Ev.Matt.20.3,6, beside περὶ ἕκτην καὶ ἐννάτην ὥ. ib.5;χθὲς ὥραν ἑβδόμην Ev.Jo.4.52
, cf. IG5(1).1390.109 (Andania, i B. C.), etc.; ἐρωτᾷ σε Χαιρήμων δειπνῆσαι.. αὔριον, ἥτις ἐστὶν ιε, ἀπὸ ὥρας θ ¯ - to-morrow the 15th at 9 o'clock, POxy.110 (ii A. D.): prov., δωδεκάτης ὥ., as we say 'at the eleventh hour', Plu.Crass.17.cτὰ δυώδεκα μέρεα τῆς ἡμέρης παρὰ Βαβυλωνίων ἔμαθον οἱ Ἕλληνες Hdt. 2.109
; here ἡμέρη means the νυχθήμερον, and the μέρεα were each = 2 ὧραι ἰσημεριναί; these double hours (Assyr. kaš-bu) are called ὧραι by Eudox.,ἥμισυ ζῳδίου.., ὅ ἐστιν ὥρας ἥμισυ Ars14.11
, cf. 16.2; cf.δωδεκάωρος 11
.III Astrol., degree of the zodiac rising at the nativity (cf.ὡρονόμος 11
,ὡροσκόπος 11
), ὥ. μεροποσπόρος, τεκνοσπόρος, Man.4.577, 597; ἐξ ὥρης ἐσορῶν Ζεὺς Ἑρμείην Jupiter in the ascendant in aspect with Mercury, Id.3.186, cf. 32, al.B the fitting time or season for a thing (mostly without Art., even in [dialect] Att.), freq. in Hom. (v. infr.);ὥρα συνάπτει Pi.P.4.247
;ὧραι ἐπειγόμεναι Id.N.4.34
;ὅταν ὥ. ἥκῃ X.Mem.2.1.2
; but with Art.,τῆς ὥ. ἐνθυμεῖσθαι Id.Cyn.8.6
: freq. in later writers,τῆς ὥρας ἐπιγενομένης Plb.2.34.3
, etc.2 c. gen. rei, ὥρη κοίτοιο, μύθων, ὕπνου, the time for bed, tale-telling, or sleep, Od.3.334, 11.379, cf. Hdt.1.10;ὥρη δόρποιο Od.14.407
;περὶ ἀρίστου ὥραν Th.7.81
, X.HG1.1.13;πολυηράτου ἐς γάμου ὥρην Od.15.126
;ἐς γάμου ὥρην ἀπικέσθαι Hdt. 6.61
;γάμων ἔχειν ὥραν D.H.5.32
; so εἰς ἀνδρὸς ὥραν ἥκουσα time for a husband, Pl.Criti. 113d; ὥρη ἀρότου, ἀμήτου, Hes.Op. 460, 575;μέχρι ἀρότου ὥρης IG7.235.3
(Oropus, iv B. C.);καρπῶν ὧραι Ar.Ra. 1034
(anap.);ἡ ὥρα τῆς ὀχείας Arist.HA 509b20
; τοῦ φωλεύειν ib. 579a26, etc.; also ὥραν εἶχον παιδεύεσθαι I was of age to.. Is.9.28.3 ὥρα [ἐστίν] c. inf., it is time to do a thing,ἀλλὰ καὶ ὥρη εὕδειν Od.11.330
, cf. 373; so also in Trag. and [dialect] Att., E.Ph. 1584, Heracl. 288 (anap.), Ar.Ec.30, Pl.Prt. 361e, 362a; soδοκεῖ οὐχ ὥρα εἶναι καθεύδειν X.An.1.3.11
, cf. HG7.2.13 (dub. l.): c. acc. et inf., , cf. S.OT 466 (lyr.): c. dat. et inf., X.Cyr.4.5.1, Pl.Tht. 145b: in these phrases the inf. [tense] pres. is almost universal; the [tense] aor., however, occurs in Od.21.428, S.Aj. 245 (lyr.), Ar.Ach. 393 (where also ἐστί is added to ὥρα, as in Philyll.3, ἀφαιρεῖν ὥρα 'στὶν ἤδη τὰς τραπέζας); and the [tense] pf. inὥρα πεπαῦσθαι Plu.2.728d
: sts. the inf. must be supplied,οὐδέ τί σε χρή, πρὶν ὥρη, καταλέχθαι Od.15.394
, cf. E.El. 112 (lyr.), Ar.Ec. 877; ὥρα κἠς οἶκον (i. e. ἰέναι εἰς οἶκον) Theoc.15.147.4 in various adverb. usages, at the right time,Hdt.
2.2, 8.19, X.Oec.20.16: but τὴν ὥ. at that hour, Hes.Sc. 401; ταύτην τὴν ὥραν at this season, X.Cyn.9.1;[ἡ ἶρις] πᾶσαν ὥραν γίγνεται τῆς ἡμέρας Arist.Mete. 371b31
;δείελον ὥρην παύομαι ἀμήτοιο A.R. 3.417
; ὥραν οὐδενὸς κοινὴν θεῶν at an hour.., A.Eu. 109, cf. E.Ba. 724, Aeschin.1.9; αὐτῆς ὥρας immediately, PMich. in Class.Phil.22.255(iii A. D.); ἐν ὥρῃ in due season, in good time, Od.17.176, Hdt. 1.31, cf. Pi.O.6.28, Ar.V. 242, etc.; also αἰεὶ εἰς ὥρας in successive seasons, Od.9.135; ἐς τὰς ὥρας for all time, Ar.Ra. 382 (lyr. cf. supr. A. 1.3) (hence in an acclamation [ε] ἰς ὥρας πᾶσι τοῖς τὴν πόλιν φιλοῦσιν hurrah for.., POxy.41.29 (iii/iv A. D.));οἱ ὧδε χέζοντες εἰς ὥ. μὴ ἔλθοιεν Milet.2(3)
No.406, cf.ὥρασι; καθ' ὥραν Theoc.18.12
, Plb.1.45.4, cf. 3.93.6, etc.; opp.παρ' ὥρην AP7.534
(Alex.Aet. or Autom.), cf. Plu.2.784b, etc.:—πρὸ τῆς ὥρας X.Oec.20.16
;πρὸ ὥρας Luc.Luct.13
;πρὸ ὥρας τελευτῆσαι IG42(1).84.26
(Epid., i A. D.);πρὶν ὥρας Pi.P.4.43
(cf.πρίν A. 11.4
).II metaph., the spring-time of life, the bloom of youth, Mimn.3.1;ὥραν ἐχούσας A.Supp. 997
, cf. Th.13, 535;παῖδας πρὸς τέρμασιν ὥρας Ar.Av. 705
(anap.);πάντες οἱ ἐν ὥρᾳ Pl.R. 474d
; οὐκ ἐνὥ., = πρεσβύτερος, Id.Phdr. 240d;ἐὰν ἐπὶ ὥρᾳ ᾖ Id.R. 474e
;ἕως ἂν ἐν ὥρᾳ ὦσι Id.Men. 76b
; παυσαμένου τῆς ὥ. prob. in Id.Phdr. 234a;ἀνθεῖν ἐν ὥ. Id.R. 475a
;τὴν ὥ. διαφυλάξαι ἄβατον τοῖς πονηροῖς Isoc.10.58
; λήγειν ὥρας, opp. ἀνθεῖν, Pl.Alc.1.131e;ἑς ἐπιγινόμενόν τι τέλος, οἷον τοῖς ἀκμαίοις ἡ ὥρα Arist.EN 1174b33
, cf. 1157a8.2 freq. involving an idea of beauty,φεῦ φεῦ τῆς ὥρας τοῦ κάλλους Ar.Av. 1724
(lyr.);ὥρᾳ.. ἡλικίας λαμπρός Th.6.54
;κάλλει καὶ ὥρᾳ διενεγκόντες Aeschin.1.134
, cf. ib.158;καλὸς ὥρᾳ τε κεκραμένος Pi.O.10(11).104
, cf. X.Mem. 2.1.22, Pl.Lg. 837b; quaestum corpore facere,Plu.
Tim..14, cf. X.Mem..1.6.13, Smp.8.21;τὴν ὥ. πεπωληκότες Phld.Rh.1.344
S.:—then,b generally, beauty, grace, elegance of style, D.H.Pomp.2, Plu.2.874b, etc.;γλυκύτης καὶ ὥ. Hermog.Id.2.3
, cf. Men.Rh.p.335 S., Him.Or.1.2; of beauty in general,χάρις καὶ ὥρα Plu.2.128d
.III = τὰ ὡραῖα, the produce of the season, fruits of the year,ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐτρέφοντο X.HG2.1.1
.C personified, αἱὯραι, the Hours, keepers of heaven's cloudgate, Il.5.749, 8.393; and ministers of the gods, ib. 433;Ζεῦ, τεαὶ.. Ὧραι Pi.O.4.2
; esp. of Aphrodite, h.Hom.6.5,12; also Ὧ. Διονυσιάδες, Καρνειάδες, Simon.148, Call.Ap.87; three in number, Eunomia, Dike, Eirene, daughters of Zeus and Themis, Hes.Th. 901;Ωραι πολυάνθεμοι Pi.O.13.17
, cf. Alex.261.6, Theoc.1.150, etc.: freq. joined with the Χάριτες, h.Ap. 194, Hes.Op.75; worshipped at Athens, Paus.9.35.1; at Argos, Id.2.20.5; at Attaleia, BMus.Inscr. 1044 (i B. C.). -
76 Πέτρος
Πέτρος, ου, ὁ (ὁ πέτρος=‘stone’ Hom.+; Jos., Bell. 3, 240, Ant. 7, 142.—Π. as a name can scarcely be pre-Christian, as AMerx, D. vier kanon. Ev. II/1, 1902, 160ff, referring to Jos., Ant. 18, 156 [Niese did not accept the v.l. Πέτρος for Πρῶτος], would have it. But s. ADell [πέτρα 1b] esp. 14–17. Fr. the beginning it was prob. thought of as the Gk. equivalent of the Aram. כֵּיפָא= Κηφᾶς: J 1:42; cp. Mt 16:18 and JWackernagel, Syntax II2 1928, 14f, perh. formed on the analogy of the Gk. male proper name Πέτρων: UPZ 149, 8 [III B.C.]; 135 [78 B.C.]; Plut., Mor. 422d.—A gentile named Πέτρος in Damasc., Vi. Isid. 170. S. also the Praeses Arabiae of 278/79 A.D. Aurelius P.: Publ. Princeton Univ. Arch. Expedition to Syria III A, 1913, 4 no. 546) Peter, surname of the head of the circle of Twelve Disciples, whose name was orig. Simon. His father was a certain John (s. Ἰωάννης 4) or Jonah (s. Ἰωνᾶς 2). Acc. to J 1:44 he himself was from Bethsaida, but, at any rate, when he met Jesus he lived in Capernaum (Mk 1:21, 29). Fr. that city he and his brother Andrew made their living as fishers (Mk 1:16). He was married (Mk 1:30; cp. 1 Cor 9:5), but left his home and occupation, when Jesus called, to follow him (Mk 1:18; 10:28). He belonged to the three or four most intimate of the Master’s companions (Mk 5:37; 9:2; 13:3; 14:33). He stands at the head of the lists of the apostles (Mt 10:2; Mk 3:16; Lk 6:14; Ac 1:13). Not all the problems connected w. the conferring of the name Cephas-Peter upon Simon (s. Σίμων 1) have yet been solved (the giving of a new name and the reason for it: Plato [s. ὀνομάζω 1] and Theophrastus [Vi. Platonis 2 ln. 21 in Biog. p. 388 W.= Prolegom. 1 in CHermann, Pla. VI 196 Θεόφραστος, Τύρταμος καλούμενος πάλαι, διὰ τὸ θεῖον τῆς φράσεως Θ. μετεκλήθη]; CRoth, Simon-Peter HTR 54, ’61, 91–97). He was at least not always a model of rock-like (πέτρος is a symbol of imperturbability Soph., Oed. Rex 334; Eur., Med. 28 al.) firmness (note Gethsemane, the denial, the unsuccessful attempt at walking on water; his conduct at Antioch Gal 2:11ff which, though, is fr. time to time referred to another Cephas; s. KLake, HTR 14, 1921, 95ff; AVöllmecke, Jahrbuch d. Missionshauses St. Gabriel 2, 1925, 69–104; 3, 1926, 31–75; DRiddle, JBL 59, ’40, 169–80; NHuffman, ibid. 64, ’45, 205f; PGaechter, ZKT 72, ’50, 177–212; but s. HBetz, Gal [Hermeneia] p. 105f w. n. 442). Despite all this he was the leader of Jesus’ disciples, was spokesman for the Twelve (e.g. Mt 18:21; 19:27; Mk 8:27ff; Lk 12:41; 18:28) and for the three who were closest to Jesus (Mk 9:5); he was recognized as leader even by those on the outside (Mt 17:24). He is especially prominent in the pronouncement made Mt 16:18. Only in the Fourth Gospel does Peter have a place less prominent than another, in this case the ‘disciple whom Jesus loved’ (s. Hdb. exc. on J 13:23). In connection w. the miraculous events after Jesus’ death (on this ELohmeyer, Galiläa u. Jerusalem ’36; WMichaelis, D. Erscheinungen d. Auferstanden-en ’44; MWerner, D. ntl. Berichte üb. d. Erscheinungen d. Auferstandenen: Schweiz. Theol. Umschau ’44) Pt. played a unique role: 1 Cor 15:5; Lk 24:34; Mk 16:7. He was one of the pillars of the early church (Gal 2:9 [Κηφᾶς]). Three years after Paul was converted, on his first journey to Jerusalem as a Christian, he established a significant contact w. Peter: Gal 1:18. At least until the time described in Gal 2:1–10 (cp. Ac 15:7) he was prob. the head of the early Christian community/church. He was also active as a missionary to Israel Gal 2:8; cp. 1 Cor 9:5 (Κηφᾶς).—MGoguel, L’apôtre Pierre a-t-il joué un role personnel dans les crises de Grèce et de Galatie?: RHPR 14, ’34, 461–500.—In 1 Pt 1:1 and 2 Pt 1:1 he appears as author of an epistle. On Paul’s journey to Rome: Ἀρτέμων ὁ κυβερνήτης τοῦ πλοίου ἦν λελουμένος ὑπὸ Πέτρου Artemon, the ship’s captain, was baptized by Peter AcPl Ha 7, 20. It is probable that he died at Rome under Nero, about 64 A.D..—In the NT he is somet. called Σίμων (q.v. 1; in Ac 15:14 and 2 Pt 1:1 more exactly Συμεών=שִׁמְעוֹן); except for Gal 2:7f Paul always calls him Κηφᾶς (q.v.). Both names Σίμων Π. Mt 16:16; Lk 5:8; J 1:40; 6:8, 68; 13:6, 9, 24, 36; 18:10, 15, 25; 20:2, 6; 21:2f, 7b, 11, 15. Σίμων ὁ λεγόμενος Π. Mt 4:18; 10:2. Σίμων ὁ ἐπικαλούμενος Π. Ac 10:18; 11:13. Σίμων ὸ̔ς ἐπικαλεῖται Π. 10:5, 32.—Outside the NT it is found in our lit. GEb 34, 59; GPt 14:60 (Σίμων Πέτρος); ApcPt Rainer; GMary 463 (2 times); AcPt Ox 849 (4 times); 1 Cl 5:4 (Paul follows in 5:5); 2 Cl 5:3f (a piece fr. an apocr. gosp.); IRo 4:3 (Πέτρος καὶ Παῦλος); ISm 3:2=GHb 356, 39; Papias (2:4, w. other disciples; 15, w. Mark as his ἑρμηνευτής).—Zahn, Einl. II §38–44; KErbes, Petrus nicht in Rom, sondern in Jerusalem gestorben: ZKG 22, 1901, 1ff; 161ff (against him AKneller, ZKT 26, 1902, 33ff; 225ff; 351ff); PSchmiedel, War der Ap. Petrus in Rom?: PM 13, 1909, 59–81; HLietzmann, Petrus u. Pls in Rom2 1927; GEsser, Der hl. Ap. Petrus 1902; CGuignebert, La primauté de St. Pierre et la venue de Pierre à Rome 1909; FFoakes-Jackson, Peter, Prince of Apostles 1927; HDannenbauer, D. röm. Pt-Legende: Hist. Ztschr. 146, ’32, 239–62; 159, ’38, 81–88; KHeussi, War Pt. in Rom? ’36, War Pt. wirklich röm. Märtyrer? ’37, Neues z. Pt.-frage ’39, TLZ 77, ’52, 67–72; HLietzmann, Pt. röm. Märt.: SBBerlAk ’36, XXIX; DRobinson, JBL 64, ’45, 255–67; HSchmutz, Pt. war dennoch in Rom: Benedikt. Monatsschr. 22, ’46, 128–41.—On Mt 16:17–19 s., in addition to the lit. on κλείς 1 and πέτρα 1b: JSchnitzer, Hat Jesus das Papsttum gestiftet? 1910, Das Papsttum eine Stiftung Jesu? 1910; FTillmann, Jesus u. das Papsttum 1910; AKneller, ZKT 44, 1920, 147–69; OLinton, D. Problem der Urkirche ’32, 157–83; KPieper, Jes. u. d. Kirche ’32; AEhrhard, Urkirche u. Frühkatholizismus I 1, ’36.—JMunck, Pt. u. Pls in der Offenb. Joh. ’50 (Rv 11:3–13).—OCullmann, Petrus2, ’60 (Eng. tr. Peter, FFilson2, ’62), L’apôtre Pierre: NT Essays (TManson memorial vol.), ’59, 94–105; OKarrer, Peter and the Church: an examination of the Cullmann thesis, ’63; RO’Callaghan, Vatican Excavations and the Tomb of Peter: BA 16, ’53, 70–87; AvGerkan, D. Forschung nach dem Grab Petri, ZNW 44, ’52/53, 196–205, Zu den Problemen des Petrusgrabes: JAC ’58, 79–93; GSnyder, BA 32, ’69, 2–24; JGwynGriffiths, Hibbert Journal 55, ’56/57, 140–49; TBarnes, JTS 21, ’70, 175–79; GSchulze-Kadelbach, D. Stellung des P. in der Urchristenheit: TLZ 81, ’56, 1–18 (lit.); PGaechter, Petrus u. seine Zeit, ’58; EKirschbaum, The Tombs of St. Peter and St. Paul (transl. JMurray) ’59; EHaenchen, Petrus-Probleme, NTS 7, ’60/61, 187–97; SAgourides, Πέτρος καὶ Ἰωάννης ἐν τῷ τετάρτῳ Εὐαγγελίῳ, Thessalonike, ’66; DGewalt, Petrus, diss. Hdlbg, ’66; RBrown, KDonfried, JReumann edd., Peter in the NT, ’73; CCaragounis, Peter and the Rock (BZNW 58) ’89.—Pauly-W. XIX ’38, 1335–61; Kl. Pauly IV 674–76; BHHW III 1430f. LGPN I. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
77 saber
m.knowledge.El saber es un tesoro Knowledge is priceless.v.1 to know.ya lo sé I knowde haberlo sabido (antes) o si lo llego a saber, me quedo en casa if I'd known, I'd have stayed at homehacer saber algo a alguien to inform somebody of something, to tell somebody somethingpara que lo sepas, somos amigos we're friends, for your informationEllos saben de eso They know about that.Ellos saben la información They know the information.2 to learn, to find out (enterarse de).lo supe ayer I found out yesterday¿sabes algo de Juan?, ¿qué sabes de Juan? have you had any news from o heard from Juan?3 to know about (entender de).sabe mucha física he knows a lot about physics4 to taste.saber bien/mal to taste good/badsaber a cuernos o rayos (informal figurative) to taste disgusting o revoltingle supo mal (figurative) it upset o annoyed him (le enfadó)Esto sabe bien This tastes good.5 to know how to, to know, to know to.Ellos saben pintar They know how to paint.* * *Present Indicativesé, sabes, sabe, sabemos, sabéis, saben.Past IndicativeFuture IndicativeConditionalPresent SubjunctiveImperfect SubjunctiveFuture SubjunctiveImperative* * *1. verb1) to know2) can3) learn•- a saber- saber a 2. noun m.* * *1. VT1) (=tener conocimiento de)a) [+ dato, información] to knowsin saberlo yo — without my knowledge, without me knowing
•
hacer saber algo a algn — to inform sb of sth, let sb know about sthquiero hacerle saber que... — I would like to inform o advise you that...
el motivo de esta carta es hacerle saber que... — I am writing to inform o advise you that...
b) [locuciones]•
a saber — namelydos planetas, a saber, Venus y la Tierra — two planets, namely Venus and Earth
•
demasiado bien sé que... — I know only too well that...¡no lo sabes bien! — * not half! *
•
cualquiera sabe si... — it's anybody's guess whether...•
¡de haberlo sabido! — if only I'd known!•
lo dudo, pero nunca se sabe — I doubt it, but you never know•
para que lo sepas — let me tell you, for your information•
que yo sepa — as far as I know•
¡ quién sabe! — who knows!¿quién sabe? — who knows?, who can tell?, who's to say?
•
¡si lo sabré yo! — I should know!•
tú sabrás (lo que haces) — I suppose you know (what you're doing)¿tú qué sabes? — what do you know about it?
•
¡ vete a saber! — God knows!¡vete a saber de dónde ha venido! — goodness only knows where he came from!
•
ya lo sabía yo — I thought as muchBriján•
¡yo qué sé!, ¡qué sé yo! — how should I know!, search me! *2) (=enterarse de) to find outen cuanto lo supimos fuimos a ayudarle — as soon as we found out, we went to help him
cuando lo supe — when I heard o found out about it
3) (=tener noticias) to hear4) (=tener destreza en)¿sabes ruso? — do you speak Russian?, can you speak Russian?
no sé nada de cocina — I don't know anything about cookery, I know nothing about cookery
•
saber hacer algo, sabe cuidar de sí mismo — he can take care of himself, he knows how to take care of himself¿sabes nadar? — can you swim?
¿sabes ir? — do you know the way?
5) LAmno sabe venir por aquí — he doesn't usually come this way, he's not in the habit of coming along here
2. VI1) (=tener conocimiento)•
saber de algo — to know of sthhace mucho que no sabemos de ella — it's quite a while since we heard from her, we haven't had any news from her for quite a while
2) (=estar enterado) to knowcostó muy caro, ¿sabe usted? — it was very expensive, you know
un 5% no sabe, no contesta — there were 5% "don't knows"
3) (=tener sabor) to taste•
saber a — to taste ofsaberle mal a algn —
me supo muy mal lo que hicieron — I didn't like what they did, I wasn't pleased o didn't feel good about what they did
no me sabe mal que un amigo me gaste bromas — I don't mind a friend playing jokes on me, it doesn't bother me having a friend play jokes on me
3.See:SABER Por regla general, si saber va seguido de un infinitivo, se traduce por can cuando indica una habilidad permanente y por know how cuando se trata de la capacidad de resolver un problema concreto. La construcción correspondiente habrá de ser can + ((INFINITIVO)) {sin} to {o} know how + ((INFINITIVO)) {con} to: Jaime sabe tocar el piano Jaime can play the piano ¿Sabes cambiar una rueda? Do you know how to change a wheel? Hay que tener en cuenta que know (sin how) nunca puede ir seguido directamente de un infinitivo en inglés. Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada* * *Imasculino knowledgeII 1.verbo transitivo1)a) <nombre/dirección/canción> to knowasí que or conque ya lo sabes — so now you know
para que lo sepas, yo no miento — (fam) for your information, I don't tell lies
cállate ¿tú qué sabes? — shut up! what do you know about it?
yo qué sé dónde está! — how (on earth) should I know where he/it is! (colloq)
no se sabe si... — they don't know if...
¿a que no sabes qué? — (fam) you'll never guess what
hacerle saber algo a alguien — (frml) to inform somebody of something
b) ( darse cuenta de) to know2) ( ser capaz de)saber + inf — to know how to + inf
¿sabes nadar/escribir a máquina? — can you swim/type?, do you know how to swim/type?
sabe defenderse — she knows how to o she can look after herself
3) ( enterarse) to find outsi es así, pronto se va a saber — if that's the case, we'll know o find out soon enough
cómo iba yo a saber que...! — how was I to know that...!
¿se puede saber por qué? — may I ask why?
¿y tú dónde estabas, si se puede saber? — and where were you, I'd like to know?
4)2.a saber — (frml) namely
saber vi1)a) ( tener conocimiento) to knowvete tú/vaya usted a saber — but who knows
¿quién sabe? — who knows?
saber de algo/alguien — to know of something/somebody
b) (tener noticias, enterarse)saber de alguien/algo: no sé nada de ella desde hace más de un mes I haven't heard from her for over a month; yo supe del accidente por la radio I heard about the accident on the radio; no quiero saber de él — I want nothing to do with him
2)a) ( tener sabor) (+ compl) to tastesabe dulce/bien/amargo — it tastes sweet/nice/bitter
b) ( causar cierta impresión)3.saberle mal/bien a alguien: no le supo nada bien que ella bailara con otro he wasn't at all pleased that she danced with someone else; me sabe mal tener que decírselo — I don't like having to tell him
saberse v pron (enf) <lección/poema> to knowsabérselas todas — (fam) to know every trick in the book (colloq)
* * *Imasculino knowledgeII 1.verbo transitivo1)a) <nombre/dirección/canción> to knowasí que or conque ya lo sabes — so now you know
para que lo sepas, yo no miento — (fam) for your information, I don't tell lies
cállate ¿tú qué sabes? — shut up! what do you know about it?
yo qué sé dónde está! — how (on earth) should I know where he/it is! (colloq)
no se sabe si... — they don't know if...
¿a que no sabes qué? — (fam) you'll never guess what
hacerle saber algo a alguien — (frml) to inform somebody of something
b) ( darse cuenta de) to know2) ( ser capaz de)saber + inf — to know how to + inf
¿sabes nadar/escribir a máquina? — can you swim/type?, do you know how to swim/type?
sabe defenderse — she knows how to o she can look after herself
3) ( enterarse) to find outsi es así, pronto se va a saber — if that's the case, we'll know o find out soon enough
cómo iba yo a saber que...! — how was I to know that...!
¿se puede saber por qué? — may I ask why?
¿y tú dónde estabas, si se puede saber? — and where were you, I'd like to know?
4)2.a saber — (frml) namely
saber vi1)a) ( tener conocimiento) to knowvete tú/vaya usted a saber — but who knows
¿quién sabe? — who knows?
saber de algo/alguien — to know of something/somebody
b) (tener noticias, enterarse)saber de alguien/algo: no sé nada de ella desde hace más de un mes I haven't heard from her for over a month; yo supe del accidente por la radio I heard about the accident on the radio; no quiero saber de él — I want nothing to do with him
2)a) ( tener sabor) (+ compl) to tastesabe dulce/bien/amargo — it tastes sweet/nice/bitter
b) ( causar cierta impresión)3.saberle mal/bien a alguien: no le supo nada bien que ella bailara con otro he wasn't at all pleased that she danced with someone else; me sabe mal tener que decírselo — I don't like having to tell him
saberse v pron (enf) <lección/poema> to knowsabérselas todas — (fam) to know every trick in the book (colloq)
* * *saber11 = learning.Ex: It is the responsibility of educators to stretch their student's intellects, hone their skills of intuitive judgment and synthesis, and build a love of learning that will sustain them beyond the level of formal education.
* ansia de saber = thirst for knowledge.* a + Posesivo + saber = to the best of + Posesivo + knowledge.* a + Posesivo + saber y entender = to the best of + Posesivo + knowledge and belief.* cúmulo de saber = knowledge repository, repository of knowledge.* hasta donde + Pronombre + saber = to the best of + Posesivo + knowledge.* institución del saber = institution of learning.* no querer saber más nada de = drop + Nombre + like a hot potato.* por el bien del saber = for knowledge's sake.* por el mero hecho de saber = for knowledge's sake.* rama del saber = branch of learning.* saber escuchar = listening capacity.saber22 = know, learn, find out.Ex: However, in general, it is unreasonable to expect a user to know the ISBN of a book.
Ex: 'I'd be disappointed to learn that my boss or subordinates -- or peers for that matter -- told tales out of school about me to others'.Ex: For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.* a saber = namely, viz, to wit.* capacidad de saber leer y escribir = literacy skills.* curioso por saber = interrogator.* de quién sabe dónde = out of the woodwork.* hacer saber = let + Nombre + know, let + it be known.* hacer saber la intención de uno = announce + intention.* nada sabe mejor que sentirse delgado = nothing tastes as good as thin feels.* no querer saber más nada de = drop + Nombre + like a hot brick.* no querer saber nada de = want + nothing to do with.* no saber cómo explicarlo = be at a loss to explain it.* no saber cómo seguir = be stuck, get + stuck.* no saber de = have + no understanding of.* no saber dónde meterse de vergüenza = squirm with + embarrassment.* no saber expresarse bien = inarticulateness.* no saber más por ello = be none the wiser.* no saber qué contestar = stump.* no saber qué decir = be at a loss for words, be lost for words.* no saber qué hacer = be at a loss, get out of + Posesivo + depth, be on the horns of a dilemma, be at a nonplus.* no saber qué hacer a continuación = draw + a blank, be stuck, get + stuck.* no saber qué hacer con = be at sixes and sevens with.* no saber qué más hacer = be at + Posesivo + wit's end.* no saberse cuándo = there + be + no telling when.* no se sabe todavía = the jury is still out (on).* nunca se sabe... = one never knows....* persona que sabe contar anécdotas = raconteur.* por lo que yo sé = to the best of my knowledge.* quedar mucho por saber = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.* que sabe lo que = who knows what.* ¿quién sabe? = who knows?.* quién sabe lo que = who knows what.* quién sabe qué = who knows what.* saber a ciencia cierta = know for + certain, know for + sure, know for + a fact.* saber a ciencia cierta que = know + for a fact that.* saber argumentar Algo convincentemente = make + a business case.* saber buscar con inteligencia = be search-savvy.* saber con certeza = know for + certain, know for + sure, know for + a fact.* saber contestar muy bien = be not at a loss for words.* saber cúal es la verdad = discern + the truth.* saber de algún modo = know + on some grounds.* saber de buena boca = have + it on good word.* saber de buena tinta = have + it on good word.* saber defenderse = hold + Posesivo + own.* saber de lo que Uno estar hablando = know + Posesivo + stuff.* saber de seguro = know for + certain, know for + sure, know for + a fact.* saber escuchar = listening skills.* saber hacer = savoir faire.* saber hacer cuentas = be numerate.* saber interiormente = know + underneath.* saber leer y escribir = be literate.* saberlo todo = be omniscient.* saberse Algo al dedillo = know + Nombre + inside-out, learn + Nombre + inside-out.* saber un poco de todo y mucho de nada = jack of all trades, master of none.* sabiendo diferenciar entre lo que vale y lo que no = discriminatingly.* sabiendo que = on the understanding that.* salir de quién sabe dónde = come out of + the woodwork.* ser una incógnita = be anyone's guess.* sin saberlo = unbeknown to, unbeknownst to.* sin saber qué decir = nonplussed [nonplused].* un no sé qué = a je ne sais quoi.* y Dios sabe qué más = and Heaven knows what else.saber33 = taste.Ex: Professional skills are enhanced by the opportunity which IFLA provides to taste the cultures of other countries in a very accessible (dare I say privileged?) way.
* saber a = reek of.* * *knowledgeun compendio del saber humano a compendium of human knowledgeuna persona de gran saber a person of great learningel saber no ocupa lugar one can never know too muchvtA1 ‹nombre/dirección/chiste/canción› to know(ya) lo sé, pero aun así … I know, but even so …quizás sea así, no lo sé that might be the case, I don't knowasí que or conque ya lo sabes so now you know¡no le habrás dicho nada de aquello que tú sabes! you didn't tell him anything about you know what, did you?no sabía que tenía or tuviera hijos I didn't know he had (any) children¿sabes lo que me dijo? do you know what he said to me?¿sabes lo que te digo? ¡que me tienes harta! you know something? I'm fed up with you!para que lo sepas, yo no miento ( fam); for your information, I don't tell lieses tan latoso … — ¡si lo sabré yo! he's such a nuisance — don't I know it!cállate ¿tú qué sabes? shut up! what do you know about it?¡yo qué sé dónde está tu diccionario! how (on earth) should I know where your dictionary is! ( colloq)no se sabe si se salvará they don't know if he'll pull throughno sabía dónde meterme I didn't know where to put myselfno supe qué decir I didn't know what to saymira, no sé qué decirte look, I really don't know what to sayno lo saben a ciencia cierta they don't know for certain¿a que no sabes a quién vi? ( fam); I bet you don't know who I saw ( colloq), you'll never guess who I sawquién or cualquiera sabe dónde estará goodness only knows where it isle salió con no sé qué historias ( fam); he came out with some story or othertiene un no sé qué que la hace muy atractiva she has a certain something that makes her very attractiveese hombre tiene un no sé qué que me cae mal there's something about that man I don't likeme da no sé qué tener que decirte esto I feel very awkward about having to say this to youya no viven allí, que yo sepa as far as I know, they don't live there anymore¿tiene antecedentes? — que yo sepa no does she have any previous convictions? — not that I know of—¿quién es ése? —quiso saber who's that? he wanted to knowsé muy poco de ese tema I know very little about the subjectsabe mucho sobre la segunda guerra mundial he knows a lot about the Second World War2por la presente deseo hacerle saber que … ( Corresp) I am pleased to advise you o to be able to inform you that …la directiva hace saber a los señores socios que … the board wishes to inform members o advises members that …3 (darse cuenta) to know¡tú no sabes lo que es esto! you can't imagine what it's like!está furiosa, no sabes lo que te espera she's furious, you don't know what you're in forperdónalos Señor, porque no saben lo que hacen ( Bib) forgive them, Lord, for they know not what they doB (ser capaz de) saber + INF:¿sabes nadar/cocinar/escribir a máquina? can you swim/cook/type?ya sabe leer y escribir she can already read and writesabe escuchar she's a good listenerno saben perder they're bad losersno sabe tratar con la gente he doesn't know how to deal with peopleno te preocupes, ella sabe defenderse don't worry, she knows how to o she can look after herselfeste niño no sabe estarse quieto this child is incapable of keeping still o just can't keep stillClo forman cuatro países, a saber: Suecia, Noruega, Dinamarca y Finlandia it is made up of four countries, namely Sweden, Norway, Denmark and FinlandD (enterarse) to find outno lo supimos hasta ayer we didn't find out until yesterdaylo supe por mi hermana I found out about it through my sister, I heard about it o ( frml) learned of it through my sistersi es así, pronto se va a saber if that's the case, we'll know soon enough¡si yo lo hubiera sabido antes! if I had only known before!¿que qué me dijo de ti? ¡no quieras saberlo! what did she say about you? don't ask! o you wouldn't want to know!¿se puede saber qué estabas haciendo allí? would you mind telling me what you were doing there?¿y tú dónde estabas, si se puede saber? and where were you, I'd like to know?■ saberviA1 to know¿crees que vendrá? — supongo que sí, aunque con ella nunca se sabe do you think she'll come? — I suppose so, although you never know o you can never tell with herdice que ella se lo dio, vete tú/vaya usted a saber he says she gave it to him, but who knowsno puede ser verdad — ¿quién sabe? a lo mejor sí it can't be true — who knows, it could beparece incapaz de eso, pero nunca se sabe or cualquiera sabe he doesn't seem capable of such a thing, but you never knowél que sabe, sabe ( fr hecha); it's easy when you know how2 saber DE algo/algn to know (of) sth/sbyo sé de un sitio donde te lo pueden arreglar I know (of) a place where you can get it fixed¿sabes de alguien que haya estado allí? do you know (of) anyone who's been there?3 (tener noticias) saber DE algn:no sé nada de ella desde hace más de un mes I haven't heard from her for over a monthno quiero saber nada más de él I want nothing more to do with himB (enterarse) saber DE algo:yo supe del accidente por la radio I heard about the accident on the radiosi llegas a saber de una cámara barata, avísame if you hear of a cheap camera, let me knowA (tener sabor) (+ compl) to tastesabe muy dulce/bien/amargo it tastes very sweet/nice/bittersaber A algo to taste OF sthsabe a ajo/almendra it tastes of garlic/almonds, it has a garlicky/almondy tasteesta sopa no sabe a nada this soup doesn't taste of anything o has no taste to itsabe a quemado/podrido it tastes burnt/rottentenía tanta hambre que el arroz me supo a gloria I was so hungry the rice tasted deliciousB(causar cierta impresión): saberle mal/bien a algn: no le supo nada bien que ella bailara con otro he wasn't at all pleased that she danced with someone elseme sabe mal tener que decirle que no otra vez I don't like having to say no to him again, I feel bad having to say no to him again■ sabersese sabe todo el cuento de memoria he knows the whole story off by heartse sabe los nombres de todos los jugadores del equipo he knows the names of every player in the teamsabérselas todas ( fam): este niño se las sabe todas this child knows every trick in the book ( colloq)se cree que se las sabe todas she thinks she has all the answersse sabe atractiva she knows she's attractive* * *
saber 1 sustantivo masculino
knowledge;
saber 2 ( conjugate saber) verbo transitivo
1
no lo sé I don't know;
no sé cómo se llama I don't know his name;
¡yo qué sé! how (on earth) should I know! (colloq);
que yo sepa as far as I know;
saber algo de algo to know sth about sth;
sé muy poco de ese tema I know very little about the subject;
no sabe lo que dice he doesn't know what he's talking about
sin que lo supiéramos without our knowing;
¡si yo lo hubiera sabido antes! if I had only known before!;
¡cómo iba yo a saber que …! how was I to know that …!
2 ( ser capaz de):
¿sabes nadar? can you swim?, do you know how to swim?;
sabe escuchar she's a good listener;
sabe hablar varios idiomas she can speak several languages
verbo intransitivo
◊ ¿quién sabe? who knows?;
saber de algo/algn to know of sth/sb;
yo sé de un lugar donde te lo pueden arreglar I know of a place where you can get it fixedb) (tener noticias, enterarse):
yo supe del accidente por la radio I heard about the accident on the radio
◊ sabe dulce/bien it tastes sweet/nice;
saber a algo to taste of sth;
no sabe a nada it doesn't taste of anything;
sabe a podrido it tastes rottenb) ( causar cierta impresión): me sabe mal or no me sabe bien tener que decírselo I don't like having to tell him
saberse verbo pronominal ( enf) ‹lección/poema› to know
saber sustantivo masculino knowledge, learning, information
saber
I verbo transitivo
1 (una cosa) to know: no sé su dirección, I don't know her address
para que lo sepas, for your information
que yo sepa, as far as I know
2 (hacer algo) to know how to: no sabe nadar, he can't swim
3 (capacidad, destreza) sabe dibujar muy bien, he knows how to draw really well
4 (comportarse, reaccionar) can: no sabe aguantar una broma, she can't take a joke
no sabe perder, he's a bad loser
5 (tener conocimientos elevados sobre una materia) sabe mucho de música, she knows a lot about music
6 (enterarse) to learn, find out: lo llamé en cuanto lo supe, I called him as soon as I heard about it
7 (estar informado) sabía que te ibas a retrasar, he knew that you were going to be late
8 (imaginar) no sabes qué frío hacía, you can't imagine how cold it was
II verbo intransitivo
1 (sobre una materia) to know [de, of]: sé de un restaurante buenísimo, I know of a very good restaurant
2 (tener noticias) (de alguien por él mismo) to hear from sb
(de alguien por otros) to have news of sb
(de un asunto) to hear about sthg
3 (tener sabor) to taste [a, of]: este guiso sabe a quemado, this stew tastes burnt
4 (producir agrado o desagrado) to like, please: me supo mal que no viniera, it upset me that he didn't come
♦ Locuciones: el saber no ocupa lugar, you can never learn too much
me ha sabido a poco, I couldn't get enough of it
quién sabe, who knows
vas a saber lo que es bueno, I'll show you what's what
vete a saber, God knows
a saber, namely
' saber' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
atenerse
- ávida
- ávido
- básica
- básico
- carta
- cojear
- combinar
- comparecencia
- conjugar
- consuelo
- convenir
- cuerno
- dedillo
- demonio
- desconocer
- diferenciar
- economía
- entender
- estimable
- estribar
- eufórica
- eufórico
- gloria
- impresión
- latín
- morbosa
- morboso
- puesta
- puesto
- relacionarse
- sable
- si
- terrena
- terreno
- tinta
- bien
- ciencia
- conocer
- conocimiento
- deber
- derecho
- experiencia
- feo
- hallar
- llegar
- lo
- mal
- memoria
- porqué
English:
acquaint
- aware
- can
- certain
- curious
- flounder
- fortuneteller
- guess
- hand
- hear
- horrify
- know
- learning
- namely
- nice
- pat
- pride
- should
- taste
- tell
- truck
- understand
- unknowingly
- wisdom
- able
- appreciation
- authority
- claim
- copy
- early
- funny
- heart
- knowledge
- let
- priority
- realize
- reassuring
- right
- saber
- sabre
- score
- skill
- stump
- suppose
- viz
- way
* * *♦ nmknowledge;Formalel saber no ocupa lugar you can never know too much♦ vt1. [conocer] to know;ya lo sé I know;no lo sé I don't know;yo no sabía nada de eso I didn't know anything about that;no sabía que eras médico I didn't know you were a doctor;ya sé lo que vas a decir I know what you're going to say;de haberlo sabido (antes) o [m5]si lo llego a saber, me quedo en casa if I'd known, I'd have stayed at home;hacer saber algo a alguien to inform sb of sth, to tell sb sth;para que lo sepas, somos amigos we're friends, for your information;¿sabes qué (te digo)?, que no me arrepiento you know what, I don't regret it;si lo sabré yo, que tengo cuatro hijos you're telling me! I've got four children!;sin yo saberlo, sin saberlo yo without my knowledge;Figno sabía dónde meterme I didn't know where to put myself, I wanted to crawl under a rock;no sabe lo que (se) hace she doesn't know what she's doing;no sabe lo que tiene he doesn't realize just how lucky he is;Famte ha llamado un tal Antonio no sé cuántos there was a call for you from Antonio something or other;no sé qué decir I don't know what to say;¡qué sé yo!, ¡y yo qué sé! how should I know!;¡qué sé yo la de veces que me caí de la bici! heaven knows how many times I fell off my bike!;Irónicocomo te pille vas a saber lo que es bueno just wait till I get my hands on you!;Irónicocuando hagas la mili sabrás lo que es bueno you'll be in for a nasty surprise when you do your military service;tener un no sé qué to have a certain something;Famy no sé qué y no sé cuántos and so on and so forth¿sabes cocinar? can you cook?;no sé nadar I can't swim, I don't know how to swim;sabe hablar inglés/montar en bici she can speak English/ride a bike;sabe perder he's a good loser;su problema es que no saben beber [beben demasiado] their problem is they don't know when to stop drinking3. [enterarse de] to learn, to find out;lo supe ayer/por los periódicos I found (it) out yesterday/in the papers;supe la noticia demasiado tarde I only heard the news when it was too late;¿sabes algo de Juan?, ¿qué sabes de Juan? have you had any news from o heard from Juan?;¿sabes algo de cuándo será el examen? have you heard anything about when the exam's going to be?4. [entender de] to know about;sabe mucha física he knows a lot about physics♦ visabe mucho a cebolla it has a very strong taste of onions, it tastes very strongly of onions;esto no sabe a nada this has no taste to it, this doesn't taste of anything;saber bien/mal to taste good/bad;¡qué bien sabe este pan! this bread's really tasty!, this bread tastes really good!;esta agua sabe this water has a funny taste;Famme sabe mal mentirle I feel bad about lying to him;Famsaber a cuerno quemado o [m5]a rayos: sus comentarios me supieron a cuerno quemado o [m5] a rayos I thought his comments were really off3. [tener conocimiento] to know;no sé de qué me hablas I don't know what you're talking about;sé de una tienda que vende discos de vinilo I know of a shop that sells vinyl records;que yo sepa as far as I know;¡quién sabe!, ¡vete (tú) a saber!, ¡vaya usted a saber! who knows!;pues, sabes, a mí no me importaría I wouldn't mind, you know;es vecino mío, ¿sabes? he's my neighbour, you know;Méx Fam¡sepa Pancha!, ¡sepa la bola! who knows?¿tú sabes de mecánica? do you know (anything) about mechanics?;ése sí que sabe he's a canny oneno sé de él desde hace meses I haven't heard (anything) from him for months;saber de algo to learn of sth;supe de su muerte por los periódicos I learnt of her death in the papers;no quiero saber (nada) de ti I don't want to have anything to do with youeste postre me ha sabido a poco I could have done with the dessert being a bit bigger;las vacaciones me han sabido a muy poco my holidays weren't nearly long enough, I could have done with my holidays being a lot longer* * *I v/t1 know;hacer saber algo a alguien let s.o. know sth;¿cómo lo sabes? how do you know?;¡si lo sabré yo! don’t I know it!;¡para que lo sepas! so there!;sabérselas todas fam know every trick in the book:saber hacer algo know how to do sth, be able to do sth;sé nadar/leer I can swim/read;saber alemán know German3 ( enterarse) find out;lo supe ayer I found out yesterdayII v/i1 know (de about);¡vete a saber!, ¡vaya usted a saber! heaven knows;¡quién sabe! who knows!;¡qué sé yo! who knows?;que yo sepa as far as I know;no que yo sepa not as far as I know;hace mucho que no sé de ella I haven’t heard from her for a long timeme sabe a quemado it tastes burnt to me;las vacaciones me han sabido a poco my vacation went much too quickly;me sabe mal fig it upsets meIII m knowledge, learningIV:a saber namely* * *saber {71} vt1) : to know2) : to know how to, to be able tosabe tocar el violín: she can play the violin3) : to learn, to find out4)a saber : to wit, namelysaber vi1) : to know, to suppose2) : to be informedsupimos del desastre: we heard about the disaster3) : to tasteesto no sabe bien: this doesn't taste right4)saber a : to taste likesabe a naranja: it tastes like orange* * *saber vb¿alguien sabe lo que ha pasado? does anyone know what happened?¿sabes cocinar? can you cook?cuando supe que era su cumpleaños... when I found out it was her birthday...6. (tener sabor) to tastevete a saber goodness knows / it's anyone's guess¡yo qué sé! how should I know? -
78 HOF
n. heathen temple.* * *n. [in A. S., Hel., and O. H. G. hof means a hall, Lat. aedes, (whence mod. Germ. hof = a farm, answering to Icel. bær or Norse ból,) and spec. the court or king’s household, (in the old Scandin. languages this sense is unknown); Ulf renders ναός and ἱερόν by alhs; in Danish local names -vé prevails, but in Norse and Icel. Hof still survives in many local names, Hof, Hof-garðr, Hof-staðir, Hofs-fell, Hofs-teigr, Hofs-vágr, Landn., Munch’s Norg. Beskriv.; and as the temple formed the nucleus of the old political life (see goði and goðorð), all these names throw light on the old political geography; cp. Hofland near Appleby in Engl.]:—a temple; distinction is made between hof, a temple ( a sanctuary with a roof), and hörgr, an altar, holy circle, or any roofless place of worship: passages referring to hof and worship are very numerous, e. g. for Norway, Hkr. Yngl. S. ch. 12, Hák. S. Aðalst. ch. 16, Ó. T. ch. 76 (by Odd Munk ch. 41), Ó. H. (1853) ch. 113–115, O. H. L. ch. 36, Fær. ch. 23, Nj. ch. 88, 89, Fas. i. 474 (Hervar. S.); for Iceland, Landn. 1. ch. 11, 21, 2. ch. 12, 3. ch. 16 (twice), 4. ch. 2, 6 (interesting), 7, 5. ch. 3 (p. 284), 8 (interesting), 12, Eb. ch. 3, 4, 10, Glúm. ch. 25, Harð. ch. 19, 37, Vd. ch. 15, 17, Hrafn. ch. 2, Eg. ch. 87, Gullþ. ch. 7, Vápn. pp. 10, 11, Dropl. pp. 10, 11, Kristni S. ch. 2, etc.; cp. also Vsp. 7, Vþm. 38, Hkv. Hjörv. 4: poët., orð-hof, the word’s sanctuary = the mouth, Stor.2. a hall (as in Germ. and Saxon), Hým. 33 (απ. λεγ.)COMPDS:I. with gen., hofs-dyrr, n. pl. temple-doors, Fms. i. 97. hofs-eiðr, m. a temple-oath, Glúm. 388. hofs-goði, a, m. = hofgoði, Eg. 754. hofs-helgi, f. = hofhelgi. hofs-hurð, f. a temple-door ( janua), Fms. i. 302. hofs-höfðingi, a, m. a temple-lord, Post. 645. 90. hofs-mold, f. temple-earth, holy mould, see Landn. 254. hofs-teigr, m. a strip of temple-land, glebe, Landn. 241.II. hof-garðr, m. a temple-yard, a local name, Landn. hof-goði, a, m. a temple-priest (see goði), Landn. 254, Hkr. i. 6, Eb. 12, 14, 16 new Ed. hof-grið, n. pl. asylum in a sanctuary, Landn. 80, v. l. hof-gyðja, u, f. a priestess, Vápn. 10, Landn. 265, v. l. hof-helgi, f. a temple-holiday, feast; halda h., Ísl. ii. 15: the sanctity of a hof, Bret. 38, Eg. 251. hof-prestr, m. a temple-priest, Stj. hof-staðr, m. a ‘temple-stead,’ sanctuary, Eb. 26, Fms. ii. 73. hof-tollr, m. a temple-toll, rate, Vápn. 10, Eb. 6, 12 new Ed., Bs. i. 6, Gullþ. 11, answering to the modern church-rate.B. A court, almost solely in compds, and not earlier than the 14th century, from Romances: hof-ferð, f. pride, pomp, Bs. ii. 122. hof-ferðugr, adj. proud. hof-fólk, n. pl. courtiers, Thom. 322, 479, Grett. 161, Karl. 51, Pass. 21. 8. hof-frakt, n. pomp, Fas. i. 46, Snót 86. hof-garðr, m. a lordly mansion, Thom., Bév., Rétt. hof-list, f. pomp, Thom. 479. hof-lýðr, m. = hoffólk, Clar. hof-maðr, m. a courtier; in pl. hofmenn, lords; hertogi greifi ok aðrir hofmenn, Ann. 1303; gentry, chiefly in the ballads of the Middle Ages, Ungan leit eg hofmann, Fkv. In the old dancing parties the leader of the gentlemen was styled hofmann (cp. Germ. Hoffmann). Before dancing began, men and maids having been drawn up in two rows, he went up to the ladies, and the following dialogue ensued: Hér er Hofmann, hér eru allir Hofmanns sveinar.—Hvað vill Hofmann, hvað vilja allir Hofmanns sveinar?—Mey vill Hofmann, mey vilja allir Hofmanns sveinar. Then each dancer engaged his lady for the dance; það var hlaup, og það var hofmanns hlaup, Safn i. 689. A plain in the neighbourhood of the alþingi, where the people met, is still called Hofmanna-flöt, f. ‘Gentry’s Lea.’ hof-móðugr, adj. haughty, Pass. 18. 5. hof-tyft, f. urbanity, Clar. hof-verk, n. a great feat, Safn i. 71. hof-þénari, a, m. a court servant, Fas. iii. 408. -
79 Chronology
15,000-3,000 BCE Paleolithic cultures in western Portugal.400-200 BCE Greek and Carthaginian trade settlements on coast.202 BCE Roman armies invade ancient Lusitania.137 BCE Intensive Romanization of Lusitania begins.410 CE Germanic tribes — Suevi and Visigoths—begin conquest of Roman Lusitania and Galicia.714—16 Muslims begin conquest of Visigothic Lusitania.1034 Christian Reconquest frontier reaches Mondego River.1064 Christians conquer Coimbra.1139 Burgundian Count Afonso Henriques proclaims himself king of Portugal; birth of Portugal. Battle of Ourique: Afonso Henriques defeats Muslims.1147 With English Crusaders' help, Portuguese seize Lisbon from Muslims.1179 Papacy formally recognizes Portugal's independence (Pope Alexander III).1226 Campaign to reclaim Alentejo from Muslims begins.1249 Last Muslim city (Silves) falls to Portuguese Army.1381 Beginning of third war between Castile and Portugal.1383 Master of Aviz, João, proclaimed regent by Lisbon populace.1385 April: Master of Aviz, João I, proclaimed king of Portugal by Cortes of Coimbra. 14 August: Battle of Aljubarrota, Castilians defeated by royal forces, with assistance of English army.1394 Birth of "Prince Henry the Navigator," son of King João I.1415 Beginning of overseas expansion as Portugal captures Moroccan city of Ceuta.1419 Discovery of Madeira Islands.1425-28 Prince D. Pedro, older brother of Prince Henry, travels in Europe.1427 Discovery (or rediscovery?) of Azores Islands.1434 Prince Henry the Navigator's ships pass beyond Cape Bojador, West Africa.1437 Disaster at Tangier, Morocco, as Portuguese fail to capture city.1441 First African slaves from western Africa reach Portugal.1460 Death of Prince Henry. Portuguese reach what is now Senegal, West Africa.1470s Portuguese explore West African coast and reach what is now Ghana and Nigeria and begin colonizing islands of São Tomé and Príncipe.1479 Treaty of Alcáçovas between kings of Portugal and Spain.1482 Portuguese establish post at São Jorge da Mina, Gold Coast (now Ghana).1482-83 Portuguese navigator Diogo Cão reaches mouth of Congo River and Angola.1488 Navigator Bartolomeu Dias rounds Cape of Good Hope, South Africa, and finds route to Indian Ocean.1492-93 Columbus's first voyage to West Indies.1493 Columbus visits Azores and Portugal on return from first voyage; tells of discovery of New World. Treaty of Tordesillas signed between kings of Portugal and Spain: delimits spheres of conquest with line 370 leagues west of Cape Verde Islands (claimed by Portugal); Portugal's sphere to east of line includes, in effect, Brazil.King Manuel I and Royal Council decide to continue seeking all-water route around Africa to Asia.King Manuel I expels unconverted Jews from Portugal.1497-99 Epic voyage of Vasco da Gama from Portugal around Africa to west India, successful completion of sea route to Asia project; da Gama returns to Portugal with samples of Asian spices.1500 Bound for India, Navigator Pedro Álvares Cabral "discovers" coast of Brazil and claims it for Portugal.1506 Anti-Jewish riots in Lisbon.Battle of Diu, India; Portugal's command of Indian Ocean assured for some time with Francisco de Almeida's naval victory over Egyptian and Gujerati fleets.Afonso de Albuquerque conquers Goa, India; beginning of Portuguese hegemony in south Asia.Portuguese conquest of Malacca; commerce in Spice Islands.1519 Magellan begins circumnavigation voyage.1536 Inquisition begins in Portugal.1543 Portuguese merchants reach Japan.1557 Portuguese merchants granted Chinese territory of Macau for trading factory.1572 Luís de Camões publishes epic poem, Os Lusíadas.1578 Battle of Alcácer-Quivir; Moroccan forces defeat army of King Sebastião of Portugal; King Sebastião dies in battle. Portuguese succession crisis.1580 King Phillip II of Spain claims and conquers Portugal; Spanish rule of Portugal, 1580-1640.1607-24 Dutch conquer sections of Asia and Brazil formerly held by Portugal.1640 1 December: Portuguese revolution in Lisbon overthrows Spanish rule, restores independence. Beginning of Portugal's Braganza royal dynasty.1654 Following Dutch invasions and conquest of parts of Brazil and Angola, Dutch expelled by force.1661 Anglo-Portuguese Alliance treaty signed: England pledges to defend Portugal "as if it were England itself." Queen Catherine of Bra-ganza marries England's Charles II.1668 February: In Portuguese-Spanish peace treaty, Spain recognizes independence of Portugal, thus ending 28-year War of Restoration.1703 Methuen Treaties signed, key commercial trade agreement and defense treaty between England and Portugal.1750 Pombal becomes chief minister of King José I.1755 1 November: Massive Lisbon earthquake, tidal wave, and fire.1759 Expulsion of Jesuits from Portugal and colonies.1761 Slavery abolished in continental Portugal.1769 Abandonment of Mazagão, Morocco, last Portuguese outpost.1777 Pombal dismissed as chief minister by Queen Maria I, after death of José I.1791 Portugal and United States establish full diplomatic relations.1807 November: First Napoleonic invasion; French forces under Junot conquer Portugal. Royal family flees to colony of Brazil and remains there until 1821.1809 Second French invasion of Portugal under General Soult.1811 Third French invasion of Portugal under General Masséna.1813 Following British general Wellington's military victories, French forces evacuate Portugal.1817 Liberal, constitutional movements against absolutist monarchist rule break out in Brazil (Pernambuco) and Portugal (Lisbon, under General Gomes Freire); crushed by government. British marshal of Portugal's army, Beresford, rules Portugal.Liberal insurrection in army officer corps breaks out in Cadiz, Spain, and influences similar movement in Portugal's armed forces first in Oporto.King João VI returns from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, and early draft of constitution; era of constitutional monarchy begins.1822 7 September: João VI's son Pedro proclaims independence ofBrazil from Portugal and is named emperor. 23 September: Constitution of 1822 ratified.Portugal recognizes sovereign independence of Brazil.King João VI dies; power struggle for throne ensues between his sons, brothers Pedro and Miguel; Pedro, emperor of Brazil, abdicates Portuguese throne in favor of his daughter, D. Maria II, too young to assume crown. By agreement, Miguel, uncle of D. Maria, is to accept constitution and rule in her stead.1828 Miguel takes throne and abolishes constitution. Sections of Portugal rebel against Miguelite rule.1831 Emperor Pedro abdicates throne of Brazil and returns to Portugal to expel King Miguel from Portuguese throne.1832-34 Civil war between absolutist King Miguel and constitutionalist Pedro, who abandons throne of Brazil to restore his young daughter Maria to throne of Portugal; Miguel's armed forces defeated by those of Pedro. Miguel leaves for exile and constitution (1826 Charter) is restored.1834-53 Constitutional monarchy consolidated under rule of Queen Maria II, who dies in 1853.1851-71 Regeneration period of economic development and political stability; public works projects sponsored by Minister Fontes Pereira de Melo.1871-90 Rotativism period of alternating party governments; achieves political stability and less military intervention in politics and government. Expansion of colonial territory in tropical Africa.January: Following territorial dispute in central Africa, Britain delivers "Ultimatum" to Portugal demanding withdrawal of Portugal's forces from what is now Malawi and Zimbabwe. Portugal's government, humiliated in accepting demand under threat of a diplomatic break, falls. Beginning of governmental and political instability; monarchist decline and republicanism's rise.Anglo-Portuguese treaties signed relating to delimitation of frontiers in colonial Africa.1899 Treaty of Windsor; renewal of Anglo-Portuguese defense and friendship alliance.1903 Triumphal visit of King Edward VII to Portugal.1906 Politician João Franco supported by King Carlos I in dictatorship to restore order and reform.1908 1 February: Murder in Lisbon of King Carlos I and his heir apparent, Prince Dom Luís, by Portuguese anarchists. Eighteen-year-old King Manuel II assumes throne.1910 3-5 October: Following republican-led military insurrection in armed forces, monarchy falls and first Portuguese republic is proclaimed. Beginning of unstable, economically troubled, parliamentary republic form of government.May: Violent insurrection in Lisbon overturns government of General Pimenta de Castro; nearly a thousand casualties from several days of armed combat in capital.March: Following Portugal's honoring ally Britain's request to confiscate German shipping in Portuguese harbors, Germany declares war on Portugal; Portugal enters World War I on Allied side.Portugal organizes and dispatches Portuguese Expeditionary Corps to fight on the Western Front. 9 April: Portuguese forces mauled by German offensive in Battle of Lys. Food rationing and riots in Lisbon. Portuguese military operations in Mozambique against German expedition's invasion from German East Africa. 5 December: Authoritarian, presidentialist government under Major Sidónio Pais takes power in Lisbon, following a successful military coup.1918 11 November: Armistice brings cessation of hostilities on Western Front in World War I. Portuguese expeditionary forces stationed in Angola, Mozambique, and Flanders begin return trip to Portugal. 14 December: President Sidónio Pais assassinated. Chaotic period of ephemeral civil war ensues.1919-21 Excessively unstable political period, including January1919 abortive effort of Portuguese monarchists to restore Braganza dynasty to power. Republican forces prevail, but level of public violence, economic distress, and deprivation remains high.1921 October: Political violence attains peak with murder of former prime minister and other prominent political figures in Lisbon. Sectors of armed forces and Guarda Nacional Republicana are mutinous. Year of financial and corruption scandals, including Portuguese bank note (fraud) case; military court acquits guilty military insurrectionists, and one military judge declares "the country is sick."28 May: Republic overthrown by military coup or pronunciamento and conspiracy among officer corps. Parliament's doors locked and parliament closed for nearly nine years to January 1935. End of parliamentary republic, Western Europe's most unstable political system in this century, beginning of the Portuguese dictatorship, after 1930 known as the Estado Novo. Officer corps assumes reins of government, initiates military censorship of the press, and suppresses opposition.February: Military dictatorship under General Óscar Carmona crushes failed republican armed insurrection in Oporto and Lisbon.April: Military dictatorship names Professor Antônio de Oliveira Salazar minister of finance, with dictatorial powers over budget, to stabilize finances and rebuild economy. Insurrectionism among military elements continues into 1931.1930 Dr. Salazar named minister for colonies and announces balanced budgets. Salazar consolidates support by various means, including creation of official regime "movement," the National Union. Salazar engineers Colonial Act to ensure Lisbon's control of bankrupt African colonies by means of new fiscal controls and centralization of authority. July: Military dictatorship names Salazar prime minister for first time, and cabinet composition undergoes civilianization; academic colleagues and protégés plan conservative reform and rejuvenation of society, polity, and economy. Regime comes to be called the Estado Novo (New State). New State's constitution ratified by new parliament, the National Assembly; Portugal described in document as "unitary, corporative Republic" and governance influenced by Salazar's stern personality and doctrines such as integralism, Catholicism, and fiscal conservatism.1936 Violent instability and ensuing civil war in neighboring Spain, soon internationalized by fascist and communist intervention, shake Estado Novo regime. Pseudofascist period of regime features creation of imitation Fascist institutions to defend regime from leftist threats; Portugal institutes "Portuguese Youth" and "Portuguese Legion."1939 3 September: Prime Minister Salazar declares Portugal's neutrality in World War II. October: Anglo-Portuguese agreement grants naval and air base facilities to Britain and later to United States for Battle of the Atlantic and Normandy invasion support. Third Reich protests breach of Portugal's neutrality.6 June: On day of Allies' Normandy invasion, Portugal suspends mining and export of wolfram ore to both sides in war.8 May: Popular celebrations of Allied victory and Fascist defeat in Lisbon and Oporto coincide with Victory in Europe Day. Following managed elections for Estado Novo's National Assembly in November, regime police, renamed PIDE, with increased powers, represses opposition.1947 Abortive military coup in central Portugal easily crushed by regime. Independence of India and initiation of Indian protests against Portuguese colonial rule in Goa and other enclaves.1949 Portugal becomes founding member of NATO.1951 Portugal alters constitution and renames overseas colonies "Overseas Provinces." Portugal and United States sign military base agreements for use of air and naval facilities in Azores Islands and military aid to Lisbon. President Carmona dies in office, succeeded by General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58). July: Indians occupy enclave of Portuguese India (dependency of Damão) by means of passive resistance movement. August: Indian passive resistance movement in Portuguese India repelled by Portuguese forces with loss of life. December: With U.S. backing, Portugal admitted as member of United Nations (along with Spain). Air force general Humberto Delgado, in opposition, challenges Estado Novo's hand-picked successor to Craveiro Lopes, Admiral Américo Tomás. Delgado rallies coalition of democratic, liberal, and communist opposition but loses rigged election and later flees to exile in Brazil. Portugal joins European Free Trade Association (EFTA).January and February: Estado Novo rocked by armed African insurrection in northern Angola, crushed by armed forces. Hijacking of Portuguese ocean liner by ally of Delgado, Captain Henrique Galvão. April: Salazar defeats attempted military coup and reshuffles cabinet with group of younger figures who seek to reform colonial rule and strengthen the regime's image abroad. 18 December: Indian army rapidly defeats Portugal's defense force in Goa, Damão, and Diu and incorporates Portugal's Indian possessions into Indian Union. January: Abortive military coup in Beja, Portugal.1965 February: General Delgado and his Brazilian secretary murdered and secretly buried near Spanish frontier by political police, PIDE.1968 August and September: Prime Minister Salazar, aged 79, suffers crippling stoke. President Tomás names former cabinet officer Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor. Caetano institutes modest reforms in Portugal and overseas.1971 Caetano government ratifies amended constitution that allows slight devolution and autonomy to overseas provinces in Africa and Asia. Right-wing loyalists oppose reforms in Portugal. 25 April: Military coup engineered by Armed Forces Movement overthrows Estado Novo and establishes provisional government emphasizing democratization, development, and decolonization. Limited resistance by loyalists. President Tomás and Premier Caetano flown to exile first in Madeira and then in Brazil. General Spínola appointed president. September: Revolution moves to left, as President Spínola, thwarted in his program, resigns.March: Military coup by conservative forces fails, and leftist response includes nationalization of major portion of economy. Polarization between forces and parties of left and right. 25 November: Military coup by moderate military elements thwarts leftist forces. Constituent Assembly prepares constitution. Revolution moves from left to center and then right.March: Constitution ratified by Assembly of the Republic. 25 April: Second general legislative election gives largest share of seats to Socialist Party (PS). Former oppositionist lawyer, Mário Soares, elected deputy and named prime minister.1977-85 Political pendulum of democratic Portugal moves from center-left to center-right, as Social Democratic Party (PSD) increases hold on assembly and take office under Prime Minister Cavaco Silva. July1985 elections give edge to PSD who advocate strong free-enterprise measures and revision of leftist-generated 1976 Constitution, amended modestly in 1982.1986 January: Portugal joins European Economic Community (EEC).1987 July: General, legislative elections for assembly give more than 50 percent to PSD led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva. For first time, since 1974, Portugal has a working majority government.1989 June: Following revisions of 1976 Constitution, reprivatization of economy begins, under PS government.January: Presidential elections, Mário Soares reelected for second term. July: General, legislative elections for assembly result in new PSD victory and majority government.January-July: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the European Economic Community (EEC). December: Tariff barriers fall as fully integrated Common Market established in the EEC.November: Treaty of Maastricht comes into force. The EEC officially becomes the European Union (EU). Portugal is signatory with 11 other member-nations.October: General, legislative elections for assembly result in PS victory and naming of Prime Minister Guterres. PS replace PSD as leading political party. November: Excavations for Lisbon bank uncover ancient Phoenician, Roman, and Christian ruins.January: General, presidential elections; socialist Jorge Sampaio defeats PSD's Cavaco Silva and assumes presidency from Dr. Mário Soares. July: Community of Portuguese Languages Countries (CPLP) cofounded by Portugal and Brazil.May-September: Expo '98 held in Lisbon. Opening of Vasco da Gama Bridge across Tagus River, Europe's longest (17 kilometers/ 11 miles). June: National referendum on abortion law change defeated after low voter turnout. November: National referendum on regionaliza-tion and devolution of power defeated after another low voter turnout.October: General, legislative elections: PS victory over PSD lacks clear majority in parliament. Following East Timor referendum, which votes for independence and withdrawal of Indonesia, outburst of popular outrage in streets, media, and communications of Portugal approves armed intervention and administration of United Nations (and withdrawal of Indonesia) in East Timor. Portugal and Indonesia restore diplomatic relations. December: A Special Territory since 1975, Colony of Macau transferred to sovereignty of People's Republic of China.January-June: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the EU; end of Discoveries Historical Commemoration Cycle (1988-2000).United Nations forces continue to occupy and administer former colony of East Timor, with Portugal's approval.January: General, presidential elections; PS president Sampaio reelected for second term. City of Oporto, "European City of Culture" for the year, hosts arts festival. December: Municipal elections: PSD defeats PS; socialist prime minister Guterres resigns; President Sampaio calls March parliamentary elections.1 January: Portugal enters single European Currency system. Euro currency adopted and ceases use of former national currency, the escudo. March: Parliamentary elections; PSD defeats PS and José Durão Barroso becomes prime minister. Military modernization law passed. Portugal holds chairmanship of Organization for Security and Co-operation in Europe (OSCE).May: Municipal law passed permitting municipalities to reorganize in new ways.June: Prime Minister Durão Barroso, invited to succeed Romano Prodi as president of EU Commission, resigns. Pedro Santana Lopes becomes prime minister. European Parliament elections held. Conscription for national service in army and navy ended. Mass grave uncovered at Academy of Sciences Museum, Lisbon, revealing remains of several thousand victims of Lisbon earthquake, 1755.February: Parliamentary elections; PS defeats PSD, socialists win first absolute majority in parliament since 1975. José Sócrates becomes prime minister.January: Presidential elections; PSD candidate Aníbal Cavaco Silva elected and assumes presidency from Jorge Sampaio. Portugal's national soccer team ranked 7th out of 205 countries by international soccer association. European Union's Bologna Process in educational reform initiated in Portugal.July-December: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the European Union. For reasons of economy, Portugal announces closure of many consulates, especially in France and the eastern US. Government begins official inspections of private institutions of higher education, following scandals.2008 January: Prime Minister Sócrates announces location of new Lisbon area airport as Alcochete, on south bank of Tagus River, site of air force shooting range. February: Portuguese Army begins to receive new modern battle tanks (Leopard 2 A6). March: Mass protest of 85,000 public school (primary and secondary levels) teachers in Lisbon schools dispute recent educational policies of minister of education and prime minister. -
80 paso
adj.dried.intj.open up, gangway.m.1 passing.el paso del tiempo the passage of timecon el paso de los años as the years go byel Ebro, a su paso por Zaragoza the Ebro, as it flows through Zaragozasu paso fugaz por la universidad his brief spell at the universityabrirse paso entre la multitud to make o force one's way through the crowdpaso del ecuador = (celebration marking) halfway stage in a university course2 step.dar un paso adelante o al frente to step forward, to take a step forward3 walk.a paso ligero at a brisk pacemarcar el paso to keep timea este paso no acabaremos nunca at this rate we'll never finish4 step (etapa, acontecimiento).dar los pasos necesarios to take the necessary stepspaso a paso step by step5 crossing (cruce).paso fronterizo border crossing (point)paso peatonal o de peatones pedestrian crossing6 pass (geography) (en montaña).7 step in a process, stride, move.8 passage, pass, crossing point.9 pace, walking pace.10 gateway.pres.indicat.1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: pasar.* * *1 (movimiento) step, footstep■ ¡no des ni un paso más! don't move another step!2 (distancia) pace3 (camino) passage, way4 (avance) progress, advance5 (trámite) step, move6 (de montaña) mountain pass; (de mar) strait\a cada paso at every turna paso de tortuga at a snail's paceabrirse paso to force one's way throughapretar el paso to hurrycerrarle el paso a alguien to block somebody' s waydar paso a (hacer posible) to pave the way for 2 (provocar) to give rise to 3 (dejar pasar) to let through, make way for 4 (pasar a) to move on todar sus primeros pasos to start walkingestar a un paso/a dos pasos to be very closeestar de paso to be passing throughhacer algo de paso to do something as well■ de paso, tráeme tabaco while you're there, get me some cigarettesno dar un paso sin... not to do a thing without...paso a paso step by step'Prohibido el paso' "No entry"salir al paso de alguien to waylay somebodysalir al paso de algo to forestall somethingseguirle los pasos a alguien to follow somebody close behind 2 figurado to follow in somebody's footstepsceda el paso (señal) give way sign, US yield signpaso a nivel level crossing, US grade crossingpaso de cebra zebra crossingpaso de peatones pedestrian crossingpaso del ecuador half-way point (in university studies)paso elevado flyoverpaso subterráneo (de peatones) subway* * *noun m.1) passage2) footstep3) pace4) way* * *IADJ driedII1. SM1) (=acción de pasar)contemplaban el paso de la procesión desde un balcón — they watched the procession go by from a balcony
por estas fechas tiene lugar el paso de las cigüeñas por nuestra región — this is the time of year when the storks fly over our region
el presidente, a su paso por nuestra ciudad... — the president, during his visit to our city...
el huracán arrasó con todo lo que encontró a su paso — the hurricane flattened everything in its path
•
ceder el paso — to give way, yield (EEUU)ceda el paso — give way, yield (EEUU)
•
dar paso a algo, el invierno dio paso a la primavera — winter gave way to springahora vamos a dar paso a nuestro corresponsal en Lisboa — we now go over to our correspondent in Lisbon
las protestas dieron paso a una huelga — the protests led to o were followed by a strike
•
de paso, mencionaron el tema solo de paso — they only mentioned the matter in passing¿puedes ir al supermercado, de paso que vas a la farmacia? — could you go to the supermarket on your way to the chemist's?
de paso recuérdale que tiene un libro nuestro — remind him that he's got a book of ours while you're at it
•
entrar de paso — to drop in•
estar de paso — to be passing throughpaso del Ecuador — party or trip organized by university students to celebrate the halfway stage in their degree course
avepaso franco, paso libre — free passage
2) (=camino) way; (Arquit) passage; (Geog) pass; (Náut) strait¡paso! — make way!
•
abrirse paso — to make one's way•
cerrar el paso — to block the way•
dejar el paso libre — to leave the way open•
impedir el paso — to block the waypaso a desnivel, paso a distinto nivel — (Aut) flyover, overpass (EEUU)
paso a nivel — level crossing, grade crossing (EEUU)
paso (de) cebra — Esp zebra crossing, crosswalk (EEUU)
paso de peatones — pedestrian crossing, crosswalk (EEUU)
paso elevado — (Aut) flyover, overpass (EEUU)
paso inferior — underpass, subway
paso subterráneo — underpass, subway
paso superior — (Aut) flyover, overpass (EEUU)
3) [al andar] (=acción) step; (=ruido) footstep; (=huella) footprint•
coger el paso — to fall into step•
dar un paso — to take a step¿ha dado ya sus primeros pasos? — has she taken her first steps yet?
•
dirigir sus pasos hacia — to head towards•
hacer pasos — (Baloncesto) to travel (with the ball)•
volvió sobre sus pasos — she retraced her stepsla demanda aumenta a pasos agigantados — demand is increasing at a rate of knots o extremely quickly
paso adelante — (lit, fig) step forward
paso atrás — (lit, fig) step backwards
4) (=modo de andar) [de persona] walk, gait; [de caballo] gait•
acelerar el paso — to go faster, speed up•
aflojar el paso — to slow down•
a buen paso — at a good pace•
establecer el paso — to make the pace, set the pace•
a paso lento — at a slow pace, slowly•
llevar el paso — to keep in step, keep time•
romper el paso — to break steppaso de ambladura, paso de andadura — (Equitación) amble
5) (=ritmo) rate, pace•
a este paso — at this rate6) (=distancia)7) (=avance) step8) (Téc) [de tornillo] pitch; [de contador, teléfono] unit9) (Teat) ( Hist) sketch, interlude10) (Rel) [en procesión] float in Holy Week procession, with statues representing part of Easter storySee:ver nota culturelle SEMANA SANTA in semana11)paso de armas — (Mil, Hist) passage of arms
12) LAm (=vado) ford2.ADV softly, gently¡paso! — not so fast!, easy there!
* * *1)a) ( acción)de paso: están de paso they're just visiting o just passing through; de paso puedo comprar pan I can buy some bread on the way; fui a la oficina y de paso hablé con él I went to the office and while I was there I had a word with him; me pilla de paso it's on my way; y dicho sea de paso... — and incidentally...
b) (camino, posibilidad de pasar) wayceda el paso — yield ( in US), give way ( in UK)
abrirse paso — to make one's way; ( a codazos) to elbow one's way
salir al paso de alguien — ( abordar) to waylay somebody; ( detener) to stop somebody
2) (Geog) ( en montaña) passsalir del paso — to get out of a (tight) spot o (AmE) crack (colloq)
3)a) (al andar, bailar) stepandar en malos pasos — to be mixed up in shady deals
a pasos agigantados — by leaps and bounds
dar los primeros pasos — ( literal) to take one's first steps; ( iniciarse en algo) to start out
dar un paso en falso — ( literal) to stumble; ( equivocarse) to make a false move
seguir los pasos de alguien — to follow in somebody's footsteps
b) pasos masculino plural ( en baloncesto) traveling*, steps (pl)4)a) ( distancia corta)vive a dos pasos de mi casa — he lives a stone's throw (away) from my house
está a un paso de aquí — it's just around the corner/down the road from here
b) ( avance) step forwardc) ( de gestión) step5) ( en contador) unit6)a) (ritmo, velocidad)apretó/aminoró el paso — he quickened his pace/he slowed down
a este paso... — at this rate...
a paso de hormiga or tortuga — at a snail's pace
b) (Equ)•* * *1)a) ( acción)de paso: están de paso they're just visiting o just passing through; de paso puedo comprar pan I can buy some bread on the way; fui a la oficina y de paso hablé con él I went to the office and while I was there I had a word with him; me pilla de paso it's on my way; y dicho sea de paso... — and incidentally...
b) (camino, posibilidad de pasar) wayceda el paso — yield ( in US), give way ( in UK)
abrirse paso — to make one's way; ( a codazos) to elbow one's way
salir al paso de alguien — ( abordar) to waylay somebody; ( detener) to stop somebody
2) (Geog) ( en montaña) passsalir del paso — to get out of a (tight) spot o (AmE) crack (colloq)
3)a) (al andar, bailar) stepandar en malos pasos — to be mixed up in shady deals
a pasos agigantados — by leaps and bounds
dar los primeros pasos — ( literal) to take one's first steps; ( iniciarse en algo) to start out
dar un paso en falso — ( literal) to stumble; ( equivocarse) to make a false move
seguir los pasos de alguien — to follow in somebody's footsteps
b) pasos masculino plural ( en baloncesto) traveling*, steps (pl)4)a) ( distancia corta)vive a dos pasos de mi casa — he lives a stone's throw (away) from my house
está a un paso de aquí — it's just around the corner/down the road from here
b) ( avance) step forwardc) ( de gestión) step5) ( en contador) unit6)a) (ritmo, velocidad)apretó/aminoró el paso — he quickened his pace/he slowed down
a este paso... — at this rate...
a paso de hormiga or tortuga — at a snail's pace
b) (Equ)•* * *paso11 = footstep, step, footprint, pace.Ex: Leforte could usually identify those footsteps easily; but today they sounded less forceful and deliberate.
Ex: The first step in assigning intellectual responsibility to a corporate body must be a definition of a corporate body.Ex: In later years, the famous book mythological significance of muddy footprints introduced me to the ancient Hippopotamian culture.Ex: Among other buildings afire or still smoldering in eastern Baghdad today were the city hall and the National Library which was so thoroughly burned that heat still radiated 50 paces from its front doors.* abrir paso a = make + way (for).* abrirse paso = jostle, break through, elbow + Posesivo + way into, elbow into.* acelerar el paso = quicken + the pace, smarten + Posesivo + pace.* a este paso = at this rate.* aflojar el paso = slow down, slow up.* aminorar el paso = slow down, slow up.* a paso de tortuga = at a snail's pace.* a paso ligero = on the double.* a pasos agigantados = at an exponential rate, at exponential rates, by leaps and bounds.* a un paso = within a stone's throw (away/from).* a un paso asombroso = at an astounding pace.* a un paso de = a heartbeat away from.* a un paso rápido = at a rapid pace.* a un paso relajado = at a strolling pace.* barrera de paso a nivel = level-crossing gate.* caminar con paso pesado = plod (along/through).* ceder el paso = give + way (to), yield + the right of way.* contador de pasos = step counter.* dar el primer paso = make + a start, take + the first step.* dar los pasos necesarios = take + steps.* dar los primeros pasos en = venture into.* dar otro paso muy importante = reach + another milestone.* dar paso (a) = give + way (to), yield to, make + way (for).* dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.* dar un paso = make + step.* dar un paso adelante = step up.* dar un paso al frente = step up.* dar un paso en falso = make + a false move.* dar un paso hacia delante = take + a step forward, step up.* dejar paso = step + aside.* dejar paso (a) = give + way (to).* derecho de paso = the right of way, right of entry.* desandar los pasos de = retrace + Posesivo + footsteps, retrace + Posesivo + steps.* hacer que + Nombre + dé un paso hacia delante = take + Nombre + a/one step forward.* impedir el paso = block in.* llave de paso = spigot, faucet, tap, stopcock, stop valve.* llave de paso del agua = water valve.* llevar a cabo una serie de pasos anteriormente realizados = execute + steps.* obstaculizar el paso = block in.* otro paso más hacia + Posesivo + destrucción = another nail in + Posesivo + coffin.* paso adelante = step up.* paso a nivel = level-crossing.* paso a paso = one step at a time, step by step, stage by stage, stepwise.* paso atrás = backward step, retrograde step.* paso de cebra = zebra crossing.* paso de la gente = flow of people.* paso del comercio = flow of commerce.* Paso del Noroeste, el = North West Passage, the.* paso de peatones = zebra crossing, pedestrian crossing, pelican crossing.* paso de tortuga = snail's pace.* paso en falso = false move.* paso fronterizo = border crossing.* paso hacia adelante = step forward.* paso hacia atrás = retrograde step, step backward(s), step back.* paso inferior = underpass.* paso ininterrumpido de = steady flow of.* paso intermedio = half-way house, stepping stone.* paso peatonal = pedestrian crossing.* paso subterráneo = underground walkway.* Posesivo + primeros pasos = Posesivo + first steps.* preferencia de paso = the right of way.* primer paso = stake in the ground.* primer paso de, el = thin edge of the wedge, the.* realizar una tarea paso a paso = go through.* saltarse pasos intermedios = jump + steps.* seguir los pasos de = follow in + the footsteps of.* seguir + Posesivo + pasos = follow in + Posesivo + footsteps.* seguir unos pasos = follow + steps.* señal de prohibido el paso = No Entry sign.* ser un gran paso adelante = be half the battle.* tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.* tomar un paso decisivo = take + the plunge.* un paso por delante de = one step ahead of.* válvula de paso = stop valve, stopcock.* volver sobre los pasos de Uno = double-back, retrace + Posesivo + steps, retrace + Posesivo + footsteps, go back on + Posesivo + steps.paso22 = stage, passing.Ex: The first stage in the choice of access points must be the definition of an author.
Ex: Perhaps an openly expressed disbelief in his activities is one of the marks of the passing of this stage.* ave de paso = bird of passage.* cambiar con el paso del tiempo = change over + time.* con el paso de = with the passing of.* con el paso de los años = with the passing of (the) years.* con el paso del tiempo = over the years, over time, with the passage of time, as time goes by, in due course, over a period of time, in the course of time, over the course of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by), as time passes (by), as time went by.* de paso = by the way, by the by(e).* deteriorado por el paso del tiempo = timeworn.* dicho sea de paso = by the way, on a sidenote, by the by(e).* el paso del tiempo = the passage of time, the sands of time.* en varios pasos = multi-step.* llave de paso = shut-off valve.* paso elevado = overpass.* paso elevado de peatones = pedestrian overpass.* paso elevado para peatones = pedestrian overpass.* paso inferior = subway.* paso inferior de peatones = pedestrian underpass.* paso inferior para peatones = pedestrian underpass.* paso subterráneo = underpass, subway.* paso subterráneo de peatones = pedestrian underpass.* paso subterráneo para peatones = pedestrian underpass.* quedar anulado con el paso del tiempo = be overtaken by events.* resistir el paso del tiempo = stand + the test of time, withstand + the test of time, survive + the test of time, pass + the test of time.* válvula de paso = shut-off valve.paso33 = transfer, transition, changeover [change-over], handover [hand-over].Ex: When the record transfer is complete, the catalog summary screen is shown for the new record so that the user can review and update it.
Ex: Hierarchical relationships must be indicated in order that users may make the transition from a first access point to related terms or access points.Ex: The changeover has resulted in more rapid machine-editing of input and reduced costs for cataloguing.Ex: The author assesses the prospects of Hong Kong after the handover of the colony to China in 1997 when it will once again be competing with Shanghai as the publishing hub of the Orient.* * *paso1A1(acción): las compuertas controlan el paso del agua the hatches control the flow of watera su paso por la ciudad el río se ensancha the river widens as it flows through the cityel paso de los camiones había causado grietas en la calzada cracks had appeared in the road surface caused by the passage of so many trucks o because of all the trucks using ithizo frente a todo lo que encontró a su paso he faced up to every obstacle in his pathcon el paso del tiempo se desgastó la piedra the stone got worn down with time o with the passing o passage of time[ S ] prohibido el paso no entryal paso (en ajedrez) en passantde paso: no viven aquí, están de paso they don't live here, they're just visiting o they're just passing throughde paso puedo dejarles el paquete I can drop the package off on my waylo mencionó pero sólo de paso he mentioned it but only in passinglleva esto a la oficina y de paso habla con la secretaria take this to the office and while you're there have a word with the secretaryte lo recogeré si quieres, me pilla de paso I'll pick it up for you if you like, it's on my wayarchiva estas fichas y de paso comprueba todas las direcciones file these cards and while you're at it o about it check all the addressesy dicho sea de paso … and incidentally …2 (camino, posibilidad de pasar) wayabran paso make wayse puso en medio y me cerró el paso she stood in front of me and blocked my waypor aquí no hay paso you can't get through this waydejen el paso libre leave the way clearabrirse paso to make one's wayel sol se abría paso entre las nubes the sun was breaking through the cloudsconsiguió abrirse paso a codazos entre la gente she managed to elbow her way through the crowdno te será difícil abrirte paso en la vida you won't have any problems making your way in life o getting on in lifesalir al paso de algn to waylay sbsalir al paso de algo to forestall sthB ( Geog) (en una montaña) passCompuestos:( Méx) paso elevadozebra crossing, crosswalk ( AmE)( Méx) catwalk(en un barco) celebration held to mark the crossing of the Equator; (de estudiantes) celebration held halfway through a college courseborder crossingC1 (movimiento al andar) stepdio un paso para atrás he took a step backward(s), he stepped backward(s)¡un paso al frente! one step forward!camina 50 pasos al norte walk 50 paces to the northdirigió sus pasos hacia la puerta she walked toward(s) the dooroyó pasos en el piso de arriba she heard footsteps on the floor abovecon paso firme subió las escaleras he climbed the stairs purposefullyno da un paso sin consultar a su marido she won't do anything without asking her husband firstpaso a paso step by stepsiguieron el juicio paso a paso they followed the trial step by steppaso a paso se fue abriendo camino en la empresa he gradually worked his way up in the companyme lo explicó paso por paso she explained it to me step by stepa cada paso at every turna pasos agigantados by leaps and boundsla informática avanza a pasos agigantados information technology is advancing by leaps and bounds, enormous strides are being made in information technologydar los primeros pasos (literal) to take one's first steps, start to walk; (iniciarse en algo) to start outdio sus primeros pasos como actor en televisión he started out o made his debut as a television actordar un paso en falso en política puede conducir al desastre one false move o putting one foot wrong in politics can lead to disasterseguirle los pasos a algn to tail sbseguir los pasos de algn to follow in sb's footstepsvolver sobre sus pasos to retrace one's steps2(distancia corta): vive a dos pasos de mi casa he lives a stone's throw (away) from my houseestuvo a un paso de la muerte she was at death's dooránimo, ya estamos a un paso come on, we're nearly there nowestá a un paso de aquí it's just around the corner o down the road from herede ahí a convertirse en drogadicto no hay más que un paso it's only a short step from there to becoming a drug addict3 (logro, avance) step forwardel que te haya llamado ya es un paso (adelante) the fact that he's called you is a step forward in itselfsupone un gran paso en la lucha contra la enfermedad it is a great step forward o a great advance in the fight against the illness4 (de una gestión) stephemos dado los pasos necesarios we have taken the necessary steps5 (de baile) stephacer pasos to travelD1 (de un tornillo, una rosca) pitch2 (en un contador) unitE1(ritmo, velocidad): aminoró el paso he slowed downal ver que la seguían apretó el paso when she realized she was being followed she quickened her paceel tren iba a buen paso the train was going at a fair speeda este paso no llegamos ni a las diez at this rate we won't even get there by ten o'clocka este paso te vas a poner enfermo if you carry on like this, you'll get ill, at this rate o (if you carry on) the way you're going, you'll get illescribía los nombres al paso que yo se los leía she wrote down the names as I read them out to hera paso de hormiga or tortuga at a snail's pacellevar el paso to keep in stepmarcar el paso to mark timeen ese colegio te van a hacer marcar el paso they'll make you toe the line at that school2 ( Equ):al paso at a walking paceCompuesto:paso ligero or redobladoa paso ligero or redoblado double quick, in double timeF (de la pasión) float ( in Holy Week processions)* * *
Del verbo pasar: ( conjugate pasar)
paso es:
1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo
pasó es:
3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo
Multiple Entries:
pasar
paso
pasar ( conjugate pasar) verbo intransitivo
1
◊ no ha pasado ni un taxi not one taxi has come/gone past;
los otros coches no podían paso the other cars weren't able to get past;
no dejan paso a nadie they're not letting anyone through;
paso de largo to go right o straight past;
paso por la aduana to go through customs;
es un vuelo directo, no pasa por Miami it's a direct flight, it doesn't go via Miami;
¿este autobús pasa por el museo? does this bus go past the museum?;
pasamos por delante de su casa we went past her house;
pasaba por aquí y … I was just passing by o I was in the area and …b) ( deteniéndose en un lugar):◊ ¿podríamos paso por el banco? can we stop off at the bank?;
pasa un día por casa why don't you drop o come by the house sometime?;
puede paso a recogerlo mañana you can come and pick it up tomorrow
[ humedad] to go through from one side to the otherd) ( caber):
2 ( entrar — acercándose al hablante) to come in;
(— alejándose del hablante) to go in;◊ pase, por favor please, do come in;
¡que pase el siguiente! next, please!;
haga paso al Sr Díaz show Mr Díaz in please
3
b) ( comunicar):
( en otro teléfono) I'll put you through to Javier
4a) (Educ) to pass;◊ paso de curso to get through o pass one's end-of-year examsb) ( ser aceptable):◊ no está perfecto, pero puede paso it's not perfect, but it'll do;
por esta vez, (que) pase I'll let it pass o go this time
5
a) ( ser tenido por):
ver tb hacerse II 3
( suceder) to happen;
lo que pasa es que… the thing o the problem is …;
pase lo que pase whatever happens, come what may;
siempre pasa igual or lo mismo it's always the same;
¿qué pasa? what's the matter?, what's up? (colloq);
¿qué te pasa? what's the matter with you?;
¿qué te pasó en el ojo? what happened to your eye?;
¿qué le pasa a la tele? what's wrong with the TV?;
eso le pasa a cualquiera that can happen to anybody;
no le pasó nada nothing happened to him
1 ( transcurrir) [tiempo/años] to pass, go by;◊ pasoon muchos años many years went by o passed;
ya han pasado dos horas it's been two hours now;
un año pasa muy rápido a year goes very quickly;
¡cómo pasa el tiempo! doesn't time fly!
2 ( cesar) [crisis/mal momento] to be over;
[ efecto] to wear off;
[ dolor] to go away
3 ( arreglárselas) paso sin algo to manage without sth
verbo transitivo
1
‹pueblo/ciudad› to go through
2a) ( hacer atravesar) paso algo POR algo to put sth through sth;
(— ilegalmente) to smuggle
3 ( hacer recorrer):
pásale un trapo al piso give the floor a quick wipe;
hay que pasole una plancha it needs a quick iron
4 (exhibir, mostrar) ‹película/anuncio› to show
5 ‹examen/prueba› to pass
6 ‹página/hoja› to turn;
‹tema/punto› to leave out, omit
1 (entregar, hacer llegar):
¿me pasas el martillo? can you pass me the hammer?
2 ( contagiar) to give, to pass on
1
fuimos a Toledo a paso el día we went to Toledo for the dayb) ( con idea de continuidad):
pasa todo el día al teléfono she spends all day on the phone
◊ ¿qué tal lo pasaste en la fiesta? did you have a good time at the party?, did you enjoy the party?;
lo pasé mal I didn't enjoy myself
2 (sufrir, padecer) ‹penalidades/desgracias› to go through, to suffer;◊ pasé mucho miedo/frío I was very frightened/cold
pasarse verbo pronominal
1 ( cambiarse):
2
esta vez te has pasado (fam) you've gone too far this time
¿podrías pasote por el mercado? could you go down to the market?
3
[carne/pescado] to go off, go bad;
[ leche] to go off, go sour
1
[ dolor] to go away;
(+ me/te/le etc)◊ ya se me pasó el dolor the pain's gone o eased now;
espera a que se le pase el enojo wait until he's calmed o cooled downb) ( transcurrir):
ver tb pasar verbo transitivo III 1
2 (+ me/te/le etc)a) ( olvidarse):
b) ( dejar escapar):
paso sustantivo masculino
1a) ( acción):
el paso del tiempo the passage of time;
el paso de la dictadura a la democracia the transition from dictatorship to democracy;
de paso: están de paso they're just visiting o just passing through;
me pilla de paso it's on my way;
y dicho sea de paso … and incidentally …
◊ abrir/dejar paso (a algn/algo) to make way (for sth/sb);
me cerró el paso she blocked my way;
dejen el paso libre leave the way clear;
( on signs) ceda el paso yield ( in US), give way ( in UK);
( on signs) prohibido el paso no entry;
paso de peatones crosswalk (AmE), pedestrian crossing (BrE);
paso a nivel grade (AmE) o (BrE) level crossing;
paso elevado or (Méx) a desnivel overpass (AmE), flyover (BrE);
paso subterráneo ( para peatones) underpass, subway (BrE);
( para vehículos) underpass;
( a codazos) to elbow one's way;
( detener) to stop sb
2 (Geog) ( en montaña) pass;◊ salir del paso to get out of a (tight) spot o (AmE) crack (colloq)
3
oyó pasos she heard footsteps;
entró con paso firme he came in purposefully;
paso a paso step by step;
seguirle los pasos a algn to tail sb;
seguir los pasos de algn to follow in sb's footstepsb) ( distancia corta):◊ vive a dos pasos de mi casa he lives a stone's throw (away) from my house;
está a un paso de aquí it's just around the corner/down the road from here
4 (ritmo, velocidad):◊ apretó/aminoró el paso he quickened his pace/he slowed down;
a este paso … at this rate …;
a paso de hormiga or tortuga at a snail's pace;
marcar el paso to mark time
5 ( en contador) unit
pasar
I verbo transitivo
1 to pass
2 (trasladar) to move
3 (dar) to pass, give: no me pasó el recado, he didn't give me the message
4 (hojas de libro) to turn
5 (el tiempo, la vida) to spend, pass
6 (soportar, sufrir) to suffer, endure: está pasando una crisis personal, she's going through a personal crisis
pasamos sed y calor, we suffered thirst and heat
7 (río, calle, frontera) to cross
8 (tragar) to swallow
9 (tolerar, aguantar) to bear
10 (introducir) to insert, put through
11 (un examen, una eliminatoria) to pass
12 Cine to run, show: este sábado pasan Ben Hur, they're putting Ben Hur on this Saturday
II verbo intransitivo
1 to pass: ¿a qué hora pasa el tren?, what time does the train pass?
Cervantes pasó por aquí, Cervantes passed this way
ya pasó, it has already passed
pasar de largo, to go by (without stopping)
2 (entrar) to come in
3 (ser tolerable) to be acceptable: no está mal, puede pasar, it isn't bad, it will do
4 (exceder) to surpass: no pases de los 70 km/h, don't exceed 70 km/h
5 (a otro asunto) to go on to
pasar a ser, to become
6 (tiempo) to pass, go by
7 (arreglarse, apañarse) pasar sin, to do without: puedo pasar sin coche, I can manage without a car
8 fam (no tener interés, prescindir) pasa de lo que digan, don't mind what they say
paso de ir al cine, I'll give the cinema a miss
9 (suceder) to happen: ¿qué pasa?, what's going on?
¿qué le pasa?, what's the matter with him?
pase lo que pase, whatever happens o come what may
♦ Locuciones: pasar algo a limpio, to make a fair copy of sthg
pasarlo bien/mal, to have a good/difficult time
pasar por, to put up with: paso por que me digas que estoy gorda, pero no pienso tolerar que me amargues cada comida, I can handle you calling me fat, but I'm not having you ruin every single meal for me
pasar por alto, to overlook: pasaré por alto esa observación, I'll just ignore that remark
paso sustantivo masculino
1 step: caminaban a paso ligero, they walked quickly
(sonido de pisadas) footstep
(de un baile) step
2 (camino, pasillo) passage, way
Auto ceda el paso, give way
paso a nivel, level o US grade crossing
paso de cebra, zebra crossing
paso de peatones, pedestrian crossing, US crosswalk
paso subterráneo, (para peatones) subway
(para vehículos) underpass
prohibido el paso, no entry
3 (acción) passage, passing: estamos de paso en la ciudad, we are just passing through the town
a su paso por la Universidad, when he was at University
el lento paso de las horas, the slow passing of the hours
4 Tel unit
5 Geol (entre montañas) mountain pass
6 Náut strait
♦ Locuciones: abrirse paso, (entre la multitud, maleza) to make one's way, (en la vida) to get ahead
salir del paso, to get out of trouble
a cada paso, constantly, every other minute
' paso' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
apretar
- arramblar
- atravesar
- bando
- bloquear
- cabeza
- cada
- calamidad
- cebra
- ceder
- cerrar
- converger
- cortar
- dar
- dado
- desvirtuar
- disfraz
- esclarecimiento
- estela
- filtración
- franca
- franco
- impedir
- infierno
- ligera
- ligero
- lista
- llave
- magín
- mayor
- nivel
- obstaculizar
- pasar
- pasarse
- patata
- peatonal
- por
- prohibida
- prohibido
- rebote
- rito
- segura
- seguro
- sino
- subterránea
- subterráneo
- testigo
- tránsito
- ver
- vela
English:
ahead
- amok
- arrogant
- bar
- battle
- begrudge
- block
- block in
- break through
- breakthrough
- brisk
- by
- childhood
- clarify
- clear
- coast
- come over
- crossing
- crosswalk
- dizzy
- dwindle
- evaluation
- explanation
- false move
- faux pas
- float
- flyover
- footstep
- give
- go by
- going
- graze
- grow out of
- hysterical
- lazy
- level crossing
- life
- lively
- mop
- move
- nail
- obstruction
- ocean
- overboard
- overpass
- pace
- pass
- pass along
- pass by
- pass through
* * *♦ nm1. [con el pie] step;[huella] footprint;dar un paso atrás [al andar] to step backwards, to take a step backwards;[en proceso, negociaciones] to take a backward step;aprendí unos pasos de baile I learnt a few dance steps;oía pasos arriba I could hear footsteps upstairs;se veían sus pasos sobre la nieve you could see its footprints in the snow;a cada paso [cada dos por tres] every other minute;vivimos a un paso de la estación we live just round the corner from o a stone's throw away from the station;el ruso está a un paso de hacerse campeón the Russian is on the verge of o just one small step away from becoming champion;a pasos agigantados at a terrific rate, at a rate of knots;la economía crece a pasos agigantados the economy is growing at a rate of knots;el SIDA se propaga a pasos agigantados AIDS is spreading like wildfire o at an alarming rate;la ingeniería genética avanza a pasos agigantados genetic engineering has made giant o enormous strides;[equivocarse] to make a false move o a mistake; Figno dio ni un paso en falso he didn't put a foot wrong;seguir los pasos a alguien [perseguir, vigilar] to tail sb;seguir los pasos de alguien [imitar] to follow in sb's footsteps;volvimos sobre nuestros pasos we retraced our steps2. [acción] passing;[cruce] crossing; [camino de acceso] way through, thoroughfare;con el paso del tiempo with the passage of time;con el paso de los años as the years go by;el paso de la juventud a la madurez the transition from youth to adulthood;su paso fugaz por la universidad his brief spell at the university;el Ebro, a su paso por Zaragoza the Ebro, as it flows through Zaragoza;la tienda está en una zona de mucho paso the shop is in a very busy area;también Figabrir paso a alguien to make way for sb;abrirse paso [entre la gente, la maleza] to make one's way;abrirse paso en la vida/en el mundo de la política to get on o ahead in life/politics;¡abran paso! make way!;ceder el paso (a alguien) [dejar pasar] to let (sb) past;[en automóvil] to Br give way o US yield (to sb);de paso [de pasada] in passing;[aprovechando] while I'm/you're/ etc at it;de paso que vienes, tráete las fotos de las vacaciones you may as well bring the photos from your Br holiday o US vacation when you come;la estación me pilla de paso the station's on my way;estar de paso [en un lugar] to be passing through;prohibido el paso [en letrero] no entry;salir al paso a alguien, salir al paso de alguien [acercarse] to come up to sb;[hacer detenerse] to come and bar sb's way;salir al paso de algo [rechazar] to respond to sthpaso de cebra Br zebra crossing, = pedestrian crossing marked with black and white lines; Méx paso a desnivel Br flyover, US overpass;paso del Ecuador [en barco] crossing the line ceremony;[en universidad] = (celebration marking) halfway stage in a university course;paso fronterizo border crossing (point);Chile paso bajo nivel Br subway, US underpass;3. [forma de andar] walk;[ritmo] pace;con paso cansino se dirigió a la puerta he walked wearily towards the door;a buen paso at a good rate;a este paso o [m5]al paso que vamos, no acabaremos nunca at this rate o at the rate we're going, we'll never finish;al paso [en equitación] at a walk;a paso lento slowly;a paso ligero at a brisk pace;Mil at the double;aflojar el paso to slow down;apretar el paso to go faster, to speed up;llevar el paso to keep step;marcar el paso to keep time;a paso de tortuga at a snail's paceMil paso de la oca goose-step [en el mar] strait5. [trámite, etapa, acontecimiento] step;[progreso] step forward, advance;antes de dar cualquier paso siempre me pregunta she always asks me before doing anything;dar los pasos necesarios to take the necessary steps;dar los primeros pasos hacia la paz to take the first steps towards peace;la aprobación de una constitución supondría un gran paso para la democracia the passing of a constitution would be a big step forward for democracy;paso a o [m5] por paso se ganó la confianza de sus alumnos she gradually won the confidence of her pupils;salir del paso to get out of trouble6. [de llamadas telefónicas, consumo eléctrico] unit7. [en procesión] float [in Easter procession]8.pasos [en baloncesto] travelling;hacer pasos to travel♦ interjmake way!* * *1 m1 step;paso a paso step by step;a cada paso at every step;a dos pasos de fig a stone’s throw (away) from;volver sobre sus pasos retrace one’s steps;un paso en falso make a false move;seguir los pasos a alguien follow s.o., dog s.o.’s footsteps;seguir los pasos de alguien follow in s.o.’s footsteps;3 ( ritmo) pace, rate;a este paso fig at this rate;al paso que vamos at the rate we’re going;a paso ligero at the double;llevar el paso MIL keep in step;marcar el paso MIL mark timecerrar el paso de la calle block off o close the street;prohibido el paso no entry;ceda el paso yield, Br give way;observaba el paso del agua/de la gente he watched the water flow past/the world go by5 ( cruce) crossing6 de tiempo passing7 ( huella) footprint8 ( camino):de paso on the way;estar de paso be passing through;dicho sea de paso and incidentally;¡paso! make way!, let me through!;abrirse paso push one’s way through; fig carve out a path for o.s.;salir al paso de alguien waylay s.o.;salir del paso get out of a tight spot2 m REL float in Holy Week procession* * *paso, -sa adj: driedciruela pasa: prunepaso nm1) : passage, passingde paso: in passing, on the way2) : way, pathabrirse paso: to make one's way3) : crossingpaso de peatones: crosswalkpaso a desnivel: underpasspaso elevado: overpass4) : steppaso a paso: step by step5) : pace, gaita buen paso: quickly, at a good rate* * *paso n1. (en general) step2. (pisada) footstep3. (tránsito)4. (transcurso) passing / passage
См. также в других словарях:
Names of the Greeks — History of Greece This article is part of a series … Wikipedia
Names for soft drinks — Soft drinks are called by many names in different places of the world. Contents 1 Africa 1.1 Nigeria 1.2 South Africa 1.3 Kenya and Tanzania … Wikipedia
Names of God — This article is about names for the monotheist notion of a singular God. For theonyms generally, see List of deities. A diagram of the names of God in Athanasius Kircher s Oedipus Aegyptiacus (1652–54). The style and form are typical of the… … Wikipedia
Names of Sri Lanka — Sri Lanka is an island country that has been known by many names. The existence of the island has been known to the Indic, Chinese, Arabic, and Western civilisations for many millennia and the various names ascribed to the island over time… … Wikipedia
All-Pro Football 2K8 — Infobox VG| title = All Pro Football 2K8 developer = Visual Concepts publisher = 2K Sports designer = released = July 16, 2007 genre = Sports modes = Single player Multiplayer ratings = ESRB: Everyone 10+ platforms = PlayStation 3, Xbox 360 media … Wikipedia
Names of the Holocaust — vary based on context. The Holocaust is the name commonly applied since the mid 1970s to the killing of six million Jews by Nazi Germany during World War II. The term is also used more broadly to include the Nazis systematic murder of millions of … Wikipedia
All-India Muslim League — Leader Aga Khan III (first Honorary President) Quaid e Azam Founded December 30, 1906 Dacca, Bengal Presidency, British India Headquarters Lucknow (first headquarters) … Wikipedia
All That Fall — is a one act radio play by Samuel Beckett produced following a request [It has been reported that Beckett wrote this play following a commission from the BBC. This is not correct. Hugh Kenner advises that Beckett had written only some of his… … Wikipedia
All About Lily Chou-Chou — Theatrical release poster Directed by Shunji Iwai Produced by … Wikipedia
All the Hype That Money Can Buy — Studio album by Five Iron Frenzy Released April 25, 2000 Recorded … Wikipedia
NAMES — In the Bible Biblical proper names, together with proper names in Old South Arabic, Canaanite (East or Proto Canaanite, Ugaritic, and Phoenician), Old Aramaic, Akkadian, and – with some reservations – Old Egyptian, comprise one division of the… … Encyclopedia of Judaism